Document:

Registration Rights Agreement

 EXHIBIT 4.4 
  

U.S. CONCRETE, INC. 
  
 $200,000,000 
 8 3/8 % Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2014 
  
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
  
 New York, New York 
 March 31, 2004 
  
 Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
 Banc of America Securities LLC 
 As Representatives of the Initial Purchasers 
 c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
 388 Greenwich Street 
 New York, New York 10013 
  
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
  
 U.S. Concrete, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the
“Company”), proposes to issue and sell to certain purchasers (the “Initial Purchasers”), for whom you (the “Representatives”) are acting as representatives, its 8 3/8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the
“Notes”), upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement between the Company, the Guarantors (as defined herein) and the Representatives dated March 26, 2004 (the “Purchase Agreement”) relating to the initial placement (the
“Initial Placement”) of the Notes. The Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantees” and together with the Notes, the “Securities”) on a senior subordinated unsecured basis by each of the Company’s
domestic subsidiaries set forth on the signature pages hereto (the “Guarantors”). To induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to satisfy a condition to your obligations thereunder, the Company and the
Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree with you for your benefit and the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities (including the Initial Purchasers) and the New Securities (as defined herein) (each a “Holder” and,
collectively, the “Holders”), as follows: 
  
 1.
Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

  
 “Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
  
 “Affiliate” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 405 under the Act and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto. 
  
 “Broker-Dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such
under the Exchange Act. 

 “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a federal legal holiday or
a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City. 
  
 “Closing Date” shall mean the date of the first issuance of the Securities. 
  
 “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Deferral Period” shall have the meaning indicated in Section
4(k)(ii) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Act” shall mean the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
  
 “Exchange Offer Registration Period” shall mean the one-year period following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, exclusive of
any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
  
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors on an appropriate form under the
Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all
material incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Exchanging
Dealer” shall mean any Holder (which may include any Initial Purchaser) that is a Broker-Dealer and elects to exchange for New Securities any Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities (but not directly from the Company, any Guarantor, or any Affiliate of either the Company or any Guarantor) for New Securities. 
  
 “Final Memorandum” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 “Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  
 “Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

  
 “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the
Securities, dated as of March 31, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 
  
 “Initial Placement” shall have the meaning set forth in the
preamble hereto. 
  
 “Initial Purchaser” shall have the
meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  
 “Losses”
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof. 
  

 2 

 “Majority Holders” shall mean, on any date, Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal
amount of Securities and/or New Securities, as applicable, registered under a Registration Statement. 
  
 “Managing Underwriters” shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that administer an underwritten offering,
if any, under a Registration Statement. 
  
 “NASD Rules”
shall mean the Conduct Rules and the By-Laws of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. 
  
 “New Securities” shall mean debt securities of the Company and the related guarantees of the Guarantors identical in all material respects to
the Securities (except that the special interest provisions and transfer restrictions shall be eliminated) to be issued under the Indenture. 
  
 “Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  
 “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a
prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the
terms of the offering of any portion of the Securities or the New Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto, including any and all information incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the
preamble hereto. 
  
 “Registered Exchange Offer” shall
mean the offer of the Company and the Guarantors to issue and deliver to Holders that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer, in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of
the New Securities. 
  
 “Registrable Securities” shall
mean (i) Securities other than those that (A) have been registered under a Registration Statement and exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (B) may be distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Act or any
successor rule or regulation thereto that may be adopted by the Commission, or (C) cease to be outstanding, and (ii) any New Securities, the resale of which by the Holder thereof requires compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the
Act. 
  
 “Registration Default” shall have the meaning
set forth in Section 8 hereof. 
  
 “Registration
Statement” shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the New Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such
registration statement, including post-effective amendments (in each case including the Prospectus contained therein), all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
  

 3 

 “Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  
 “Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to
Section 3 hereof. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Period” has
the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof. 
  
 “Shelf
Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, on an
appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained
therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Special Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof. 
  
 “Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture. 
  
 “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
  
 “underwriter” shall mean any underwriter of Securities in connection with an offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement. 
  
 2. Registered Exchange Offer. (a) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable
efforts to prepare and file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Act within 180 days of the Closing Date (or if such 180th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day). 
  
 (b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly
commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities for New Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor,
acquires the New Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, has no arrangements with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from
participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such New Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion
of the several states of the United States. 
  
 (c) In connection
with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
  

 4 

 (i) mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents; 
  
 (ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or
longer if required by applicable law); 
  
 (iii)
use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective under the Act, supplemented and amended as required, under the Act to ensure that it is available for sales of New
Securities by Exchanging Dealers during the Exchange Offer Registration Period; 
  
 (iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City,
which may be the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee; 
  
 (v) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer is open; 
  
 (vi) prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Company and the Guarantors are conducting the Registered Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings
Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991); and (B) including a representation that the Company and the Guarantors have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any person
to distribute the New Securities to be received in the Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ information and belief, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the
New Securities in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities; and 
  
 (vii) comply in all material respects with all applicable laws. 
  
 (d) As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer,
the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
  
 (i)
accept for exchange all Securities tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; 
  
 (ii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 4(s) all Securities so accepted for
exchange; and 
  

 5 

 (iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder of Securities
a principal amount of New Securities equal to the principal amount of the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange. 
  
 (e) Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a
distribution of the New Securities (x) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley
and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993 and similar no-action letters; and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements
of the Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction, which must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K under the
Act if the resales are of New Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company, the Guarantors or one of their respective Affiliates. Accordingly, each Holder participating in the
Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors that, at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer: 
  
 (i) any New Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business;

  
 (ii) such Holder will have no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the New Securities within the meaning of the Act; and 
  
 (iii) such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company or any of the Guarantors. 
  
 (f) If any Initial Purchaser determines that it is not eligible to
participate in the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of such Initial Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors shall issue and deliver to such Initial
Purchaser or the person purchasing New Securities registered under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Initial Purchaser, in exchange for such Securities, a like principal amount of New Securities. The
Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number for such New Securities as for New Securities issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

  
 3. Shelf Registration. (a) If (i) due to any change in
law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Company determines upon advice of its outside counsel that it is not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2 hereof; (ii) for any
other reason the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective within 180 days of the Closing Date or the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 45 days after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared
effective; (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Securities that are not eligible to be exchanged for New Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and that are held by it 

  

 6 

 
following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer; or (iv) any Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) is not eligible to participate in the
Registered Exchange Offer or does not receive freely tradeable New Securities in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment (it being understood that the requirement that an Exchanging Dealer deliver a Prospectus in
connection with sales of New Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities shall not result in such New Securities being not “freely
tradeable”), the Company and the Guarantors shall effect a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with subsection (b) below. 
  
 (b) (i) The Company and the Guarantors shall as promptly as practicable file with the Commission and shall use their respective commercially reasonable
efforts to cause to be declared effective under the Act within 90 days after being required or requested, pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 3, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Securities or the New
Securities, as applicable, by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Holder (other than an Initial
Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder; and provided further,
that with respect to New Securities received by an Initial Purchaser in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Company and the Guarantors may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission’s
staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in satisfaction of their obligations under this subsection with respect
thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement. 
  
 (ii) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their
respective commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period
the “Shelf Registration Period”)from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission until the first to occur of (A) the second anniversary thereof or (B) the date upon which all the Securities or New
Securities, as applicable, covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. The Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed not to have used their respective commercially reasonable efforts to
keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Registration Period if any of them voluntarily take any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities at any time
during the Shelf Registration Period, unless such action is (x) required by applicable law or otherwise undertaken by the Company and the Guarantors in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Company’s and the
Guarantors’ obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, and (y) permitted pursuant to Section 4(k)(ii) hereof. 
  

 7 

 (iii) Subject to the provisions of Section 4 hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall
cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or such amendment or supplement, (A) to comply as to form in all material
respects with the applicable requirements of the Act; and (B) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of
the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. 
  
 4. Additional Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement and, to the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply.

  
 (a) The Company and the Guarantors shall: 
  
 (i) furnish to each of the Representatives, not less than
five Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any Shelf Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus
included therein (including all documents incorporated by reference therein after the initial filing) and shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments
as the Representatives reasonably propose; 
  
 (ii) include the information (as may be revised at the request or requirement of the Commission) substantially in the form set forth in Annex A hereto on the facing page of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex B hereto in the
forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth details of the Registered Exchange Offer, in Annex C hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; 
  
 (iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the
Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; and 
  
 (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders (to the extent provided by such Holders) that propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling
security holders. 
  
 (b) Subject to the following provisions of
this Section 4, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that: 
  
 (i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto
complies as to form in all material respects with the Act; and 
  

 8 

 (ii) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes
effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. 
  
 (c) The Company and the Guarantors shall advise the Representatives, the Holders of Securities covered by any Shelf
Registration Statement and any Exchanging Dealer under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement that has provided in writing to the Company or any Guarantor a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and, if requested by the
Representatives or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Company and the
Guarantors shall have remedied the basis for such suspension): 
  
 (i) when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; 
  
 (ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or
supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; 
  
 (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of
any proceeding for that purpose; 
  
 (iv) of the
receipt by the Company or the Guarantors of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; and 
  
 (v) of the happening of any event that requires any change
in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, they (A) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and (B) do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. 
  
 (d) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the
effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof. 
  
 (e) The Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to each Holder of Securities
covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated therein by reference, and, if the Holder so requests in
writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein). 
  

 9 

 (f) The Company and the Guarantors shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of
Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including the preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may
reasonably request. Subject to the provisions of this Section 4, the Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Securities in connection with the offering
and sale of the Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement, except during any suspension period referred to in Section 4(c) above or Section 4(k) below. 
  
 (g) The Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer
which so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated by reference therein, and, if the Exchanging Dealer so requests in
writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein). 
  
 (h) The Company and the Guarantors shall promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and each other person required to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, without
charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such person may reasonably request. Subject to the provisions of this Section 4, the Company and the
Guarantors consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other person that may be required to deliver a Prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in
connection with the offering and sale of the New Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, except during any suspension period referred to in Section 4(c)
above or Section 4(k) below. 
  
 (i) Prior to the Registered
Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities or the New Securities for sale under the laws of such
jurisdictions as any Holder shall reasonably request and shall maintain such qualification in effect so long as required; provided that in no event shall the Company or any Guarantor be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where
it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the Initial Placement, the Registered Exchange Offer or any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement,
in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject, or to subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not now subject. 
  
 (j) The Company and the Guarantors shall cooperate with the Holders of Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates
representing New Securities or Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request. 
  

 10 

 (k) (i) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c)(ii) through (v) above, the
Company and the Guarantors shall promptly (or within the time period provided for by clause (ii) hereof, if applicable) prepare a post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related
Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the Initial Purchasers of the securities included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. In such circumstances, the period of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
provided for in Section 2 shall be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c) to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and
any known Exchanging Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section. 
  
 (ii) Upon the occurrence or existence of any pending corporate development or any other material event that, in the reasonable judgment of
the Company and the Guarantors, makes it appropriate to suspend the availability of a Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, the Company and the Guarantors shall give notice (without notice of the nature or details of such events)
to the Holders that the availability of the Shelf Registration is suspended and, upon actual receipt of any such notice, each Holder agrees not to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration until such Holder’s receipt of
copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus provided for in Section 3(i) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Company and the Guarantors that the Prospectus may be used, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental
filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such Prospectus. The period during which the availability of the Shelf Registration and any Prospectus is suspended (the “Deferral Period”) shall not exceed 45 days in
any three-month period or 90 days in any twelve-month period. 
  
 (l) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall provide a CUSIP number for the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement and
provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or New Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company. 
  
 (m) The Company and the Guarantors shall comply in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make
generally available to its security holders an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement. 
  
 (n) The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Indenture to be qualified
under the Trust Indenture Act in a timely manner. 
  
 (o) The
Company and the Guarantors may require each Holder of securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company and the Guarantors such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such securities as
the Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such 
  

 11 

 Registration Statement, including such information requested or required by the Commission. The Company and the
Guarantors may exclude from such Shelf Registration Statement the Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. Each Holder as to which Securities are being included in a Shelf
Registration Statement agrees to furnish to the Company all information with respect to such Holder necessary to make any information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading. 
  
 (p) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the
Guarantors shall enter into customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all other appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Securities,
and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 hereof. 
  
 (q) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the
Guarantors shall: 
  
 (i) subject to the
execution of confidentiality agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Company, make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of Securities to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such
Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Company, the Guarantors and their respective
subsidiaries reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; 
  
 (ii) subject to the execution of confidentiality agreements
reasonably satisfactory to the Company, cause the Company’s or Guarantors’ respective officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter,
attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; 
  
 (iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form,
substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement; 
  
 (iv) in connection with an underwritten offering pursuant to
such Shelf Registration Statement, obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any)
addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such 
  

 12 

 matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters; 
  
 (v) in connection with an underwritten public offering
pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent
certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each selling
Holder of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and 
  
 (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be
reasonably requested by the Majority Holders or the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by
the Company. 
  
 The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of
this paragraph (q) shall be performed at (A) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto (other than any such post-effective amendment that is filed only for the purpose of adding a Holder as a selling
security holder thereunder); and (B) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder. 
  
 (r) In the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall, if requested by an Initial Purchaser, or by a broker
dealer that holds Securities that were acquired as a result of market making or other trading activities: 
  
 (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the requesting party, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the
requesting party, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries reasonably requested by the requesting party or any such attorney, accountant
or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; 
  
 (ii) cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ respective officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all
relevant information; 
  
 (iii) make such
representations and warranties to the requesting party, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the
Purchase Agreement; 
  

 13 

 (iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors and updates thereof
(which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party
and its counsel, addressed to the requesting party, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party or its counsel;

  
 (v) obtain “comfort” letters and
updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial
statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to the requesting party, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection
with primary underwritten offerings, or if requested by the requesting party or its counsel in lieu of a “comfort” letter, an agreed-upon procedures letter under Statement on Auditing Standards No. 35, covering matters requested by the
requesting party or its counsel; and 
  
 (vi)
deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party or its counsel, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with conditions customarily contained in underwriting agreements. 

 
 The foregoing actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) of this Section
shall be performed at the close of the Registered Exchange Offer and the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (other than any such post-effective amendment that is filed only for the purpose of
adding a Holder as a selling security holder thereunder). 
  
 (s)
If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the New Securities, the Company and the Guarantors shall mark, or
caused to be marked, on the Securities so exchanged that such Securities are being cancelled in exchange for the New Securities. In no event shall the Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied. 
  
 (t) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially
reasonable efforts if the Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Securities, to confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement. 
  
 (u) In the event that any Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Securities or
participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the NASD Rules) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent
or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company and the Guarantors shall provide reasonable assistance to such Broker-Dealer in making filings in accordance with the NASD Rules. 
  

 14 

  
 (v) The Company and the
Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement. 
  
 5. Registration Expenses. The Company and the Guarantors shall bear
all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof and, in the event of any Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of
counsel (which shall initially be Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, but which may be another nationally recognized law firm experienced in securities matters designated by the Majority Holders). 
  
 6. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company and the
Guarantors, jointly and severally, agreeto indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Registration Statement, each Initial Purchaser and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as
contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer, the directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and agents of each such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer and each person who controls any such Holder, Initial Purchaser or
Exchanging Dealer within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the
Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or
are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made)not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim,
damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company and any Guarantor will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability (i) arises out of or is based upon any such untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or any Guarantor by or on behalf of the party claiming indemnification
specifically for inclusion therein, or (ii) results from the use of the Prospectus during a period in which the use of the Prospectus has been suspended; provided that the Holder received prior notice of such suspension in accordance with Section
4(c) or Section 4(k); provided, further, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any party claiming indemnification if it shall be established that a copy of the
Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such party to the person asserting such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, if required by
law so to have been delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Securities or New Securities to such person and if the Prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim,
damages or liability, and if the Company had previously furnished  
  

 15 

 copies thereof to such indemnified party. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability that the Company
and any Guarantor may otherwise have. 
  
 The Company and the
Guarantors also, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify as provided in this Section 6(a) or contribute as provided in Section 6(d) hereof to Losses of each underwriter, if any, of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, registered under
a Shelf Registration Statement, their directors, officers, employees, Affiliates or agents and each person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Initial Purchasers and the selling Holders
provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(p) hereof. 
  
 (b) Each Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser as a Holder, in such
capacity) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Guarantors, each of their respective directors, each of their respective officers who sign such Registration Statement and each person who controls the
Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder furnished
to the Company or any Guarantor by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that any such Holder may otherwise have.

  
 (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section 6 or notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof;
but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses;
and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint
counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not
thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided,
however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the
indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying
party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the
indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party
shall not have employed counsel 
  

 16 

 reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice
of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the
indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not
the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or
proceeding. 
  
 (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in
paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the aggregate losses,
claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, liability, damage or action) (collectively “Losses”) to which such indemnified party may
be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration Statement which
resulted in such Losses; provided, however, that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to such Security, or in the case of a
New Security, applicable to the Security that was exchangeable into such New Security, as set forth in the Final Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to
the securities purchased by such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified
party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the
statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement
(before deducting expenses) as set forth in the Final Memorandum. Benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum, and
benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Securities or New Securities, as applicable, registered under the Act. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total
underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any
untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand, the intent
of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata
allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable  
  

 17 

 considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section, each person who controls a Holder within the
meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of
either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of either the Company or any Guarantor who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of either the Company or any Guarantor shall have the same rights to contribution as the
Company or any Guarantor, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d). 
  
 (e) The provisions of this Section will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Company
or any Guarantor or any of the indemnified parties referred to in this Section 6, and will survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement. 
  
 7. Underwritten Registrations. (a) If any of the Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any
Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Majority Holders. 
  
 (b) No person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, unless such person (i) agrees to sell such
person’s Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and (ii) completes and executes all
questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 
  
 8. Registration Defaults and Special Interest. If (a) on or prior to the 180th day following the Closing Date,
neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, (b) on or prior to the 45th day following the date the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is first declared effective, neither the
Registered Exchange Offer has been consummated nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, or (c) after the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective
or usable in connection with resales of Securities or New Securities in accordance with and during the periods specified in this Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (a) through (c), a (“Registration Default”), interest
(“Special Interest”) will accrue on the principal amount of the Securities and the New Securities (in addition to the stated interest on the Securities and New Securities) from and including the date on which any such Registration Default
shall occur to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured. During the continuation of a Registration Default, Special Interest will accrue at a rate of 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the
occurrence of such Registration Default and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such rate exceed 1.00% per annum. 
  

 18 

 All obligations of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are
outstanding with respect to any Security at the time such Security is exchanged for a New Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such Security have been satisfied in full. 
  
 9. No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors have not
entered into, and agree not to enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or that otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. 
  
 10. Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not
be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given at any time, unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of the Holders of a majority of
the aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company and the Guarantors shall
obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser against which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective; provided, further, that no amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent
with respect to Section 8 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registered Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder; and provided, further, that the provisions of this Section 10 may not be amended,
qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of each Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the
foregoing provisos), a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, are being sold pursuant to a
Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders in any material respect may be given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, being sold
rather than registered under such Registration Statement. 
  
 11.
Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 
  
 (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such holder to the
Company in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11, which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the registrar under the Indenture; 
  
 (b) if to the Representatives, initially at the address or addresses set
forth in the Purchase Agreement; and 
  
 (c) if to the Company or
any Guarantor, initially at its address set forth in the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received. 
  

 19 

 The Initial Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors by notice to the other parties may designate
additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 12. Remedies. Each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided to it herein, in the Indenture or in the Purchase Agreement or granted by law, including recovery of liquidated or other
damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company and the Guarantors agree that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions
of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive in any action for specific performance the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate. 
  
 13. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns,
including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Company or any Guarantor thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities and the New Securities, and the indemnified persons referred to in Section 6 hereof. The Company and the
Guarantors hereby agree to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of Securities and the New Securities, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto. 
  
 14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signedin one or more
counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
  
 15. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
  
 16. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York. The parties hereto each hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of
or relating to this Agreement. 
  
 17. Severability. In the
event that any one of more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision
in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law. 
  
 18. Securities Held by the Company,
etc. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities or New Securities is required hereunder, Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by the Company, the Guarantors or any of
their respective Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities or New Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities or New Securities) shall not be counted in
determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage. 
  
  

 20 

 If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us
the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement between the Company, the Guarantors and the several Initial Purchasers. 
  

					
	 Very truly yours,

	
	 U.S. CONCRETE, INC.

		
	By:	 	 /S/ MICHAEL W. HARLAN

	 	 	Name:	 	Michael W. Harlan
	 	 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
	
	 GUARANTORS:

	
	 AFTM CORPORATION

		
	By:	 	 /S/ CESAR MONROY

	 	 	Name:	 	Cesar Monroy
	 	 	Title:	 	VP, Secretary & Treasurer
	
	 AMERICAN CONCRETE PRODUCTS, INC.

	 ATLAS-TUCK CONCRETE, INC.

	 BEALL INDUSTRIES, INC.

	 BEALL MANAGEMENT, INC.

	 CENTRAL CONCRETE SUPPLY CO., INC.

	 CENTRAL PRECAST CONCRETE, INC.

	 EASTERN CONCRETE MATERIALS, INC.

	READY MIX CONCRETE COMPANY OF KNOXVILLE
	SAN DIEGO PRECAST CONCRETE, INC.
	SIERRA PRECAST, INC.
	SMITH PRE-CAST, INC.
	SUPERIOR MATERIALS, INC.
	 TITAN CONCRETE INDUSTRIES, INC.

		
	By:	 	 /S/ CESAR MONROY

	 	 	Name:	 	Cesar Monroy
	 	 	Title:	 	VP, Secretary & Treasurer

									
	 BUILDERS’ REDI-MIX, LLC
 B.W.B., INC. OF
MICHIGAN
 CENTRAL CONCRETE CORP.
 SUPERIOR CONCRETE MATERIALS,
INC.

		
	 By:
	 	/S/ DONALD C. WAYNE
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	Donald C. Wayne
	 	 	Title:	 	Vice President, Secretary & Treasurer
	
	BEALL CONCRETE ENTERPRISES, LTD.
		
	 By:
	 	BEALL MANAGEMENT, INC., its General Partner
			
	 	 	 By:
	 	/S/ CESAR MONROY
	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	Name:	 	Cesar Monroy
	 	 	 	 	Title:	 	Vice President & Treasurer
	
	CONCRETE XXIX ACQUISITION, INC. CONCRETE XXX ACQUISITION, INC.
		
	 By:
	 	/S/ CESAR MONROY
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	Cesar Monroy
	 	 	Title:	 	Vice President
	
	 USC ATLANTIC, INC.
 USC MICHIGAN,
INC.

		
	 By:
	 	/S/ MICHAEL W. HARLAN
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	Michael W. Harlan
	 	 	Title:	 	Vice President, Secretary & Treasurer
	
	USC GP, INC.
		
	 By:
	 	/S/ CESAR MONROY
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	Cesar Monroy
	 	 	Title:	 	President & Treasurer
	
	USC MANAGEMENT CO., L.P.
		
	 By:
	 	USC GP, INC., its General Partner
			
	 	 	 By:
	 	/S/ CESAR MONROY
	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	Name:	 	Cesar Monroy
	 	 	 	 	Title:	 	President & Treasurer
	
	WYOMING CONCRETE INDUSTRIES, INC.
		
	 By:
	 	/S/ EUGENE P. MARTINEAU
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	Eugene P. Martineau
	 	 	Title:	 	Vice President, Secretary & Treasurer

 The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and 
 accepted as of the date first above written. 
  
 Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
 Banc of America Securities LLC 
  

			
	By:	 	Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
		
	By:	 	/S/ WILLIAM GRAHAM
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name: William Graham
 Title: Vice
President

  
 For themselves and the other several

 Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I 
 to the Purchase
Agreement 

 ANNEX A 
  
 Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the
meaning of the Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for securities where such securities were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. U.S. Concrete has agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business one year after the expiration date, it will make this prospectus
available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.” 
  
  

 A-1 

 ANNEX B 
  
 Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account in exchange for securities, where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer
as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. See “Plan of Distribution.” 
  
  

 B-1 

 ANNEX C 
  

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 
  
 Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for securities
where such securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. U.S. Concrete has agreed that, beginning on the date of consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer and ending on the close of business one
year after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until
                , 2004, all dealers effecting transactions in the new securities may be required to deliver a prospectus. 
  
 The company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new securities by
brokers-dealers. New securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through
the writing of options on the new securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly
to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such new securities. Any broker-dealer that resells new securities that
were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act and
any profit of any such resale of new securities and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver
and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act. 
  
 For a period of one year after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, U.S. Concrete will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus
and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. U.S. Concrete has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Registered Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one
counsel for the holder of the securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Act. 
  
 [If applicable, add information required by Regulation
S-K Items 507 and/or 508.] 
  
  

 C-1 

 ANNEX D 
  
 Rider A 
  
 PLEASE FILL IN YOUR NAME AND ADDRESS BELOW IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO. 
  

			
	 Name:
	 	 
	 	 	

	 Address:
	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 
	 	 	

  
 Rider B 
  
 If the undersigned is not a Broker-Dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the
New Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Securities and it has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in a distribution of the New
Securities. If the undersigned is a Broker-Dealer that will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it represents that the Securities to be exchange for New Securities were acquired by it as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit
that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act. 
  

 D-1Indenture

 Exhibit 4.5 
  
 EXECUTION VERSION 
  

  
  
 U.S. CONCRETE, INC. 
  
 8 3/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
DUE 2014 
  

  
 INDENTURE 
  
 Dated as of March 31, 2004 
  

  
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 
 as Trustee 
  
  

  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	 	  	Page

	ARTICLE 1.    DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	1
				
	 	  	Section 1.01.	  	Definitions	  	1
				
	 	  	Section 1.02.	  	Other Definitions	  	23
				
	 	  	Section 1.03.	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	24
				
	 	  	Section 1.04.	  	Rules of Construction	  	24
		
	ARTICLE 2.    THE NOTES	  	25
				
	 	  	Section 2.01.	  	Form and Dating	  	25
				
	 	  	Section 2.02.	  	Execution and Authentication	  	25
				
	 	  	Section 2.03.	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	26
				
	 	  	Section 2.04.	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	26
				
	 	  	Section 2.05.	  	Holder Lists	  	26
				
	 	  	Section 2.06.	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	27
				
	 	  	Section 2.07.	  	Replacement Notes	  	37
				
	 	  	Section 2.08.	  	Outstanding Notes	  	37
				
	 	  	Section 2.09.	  	Treasury Notes	  	38
				
	 	  	Section 2.10.	  	Temporary Notes	  	38
				
	 	  	Section 2.11.	  	Cancellation	  	38
				
	 	  	Section 2.12.	  	Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest.	  	38
				
	 	  	Section 2.13.	  	CUSIP or ISIN Numbers	  	39
				
	 	  	Section 2.14.	  	Special Interest	  	39
				
	 	  	Section 2.15.	  	Issuance of Additional Notes	  	39
				
	 	  	Section 2.16.	  	Record Date	  	39
		
	ARTICLE 3.    REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  	40
				
	 	  	Section 3.01.	  	Notices to Trustee	  	40
				
	 	  	Section 3.02.	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	40
				
	 	  	Section 3.03.	  	Notice of Redemption	  	40
				
	 	  	Section 3.04.	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	41
				
	 	  	Section 3.05.	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	41
				
	 	  	Section 3.06.	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	41
				
	 	  	Section 3.07.	  	Optional Redemption	  	41
				
	 	  	Section 3.08.	  	Mandatory Redemption	  	42
				
	 	  	Section 3.09.	  	Offer To Purchase.	  	42
		
	ARTICLE 4.    COVENANTS	  	44
				
	 	  	Section 4.01.	  	Payment of Notes	  	44

  

 i 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	 	  	Page

				
	 	  	Section 4.02.	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	44
				
	 	  	Section 4.03.	  	Reports	  	45
				
	 	  	Section 4.04.	  	Compliance Certificate	  	45
				
	 	  	Section 4.05.	  	Taxes	  	45
				
	 	  	Section 4.06.	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	46
				
	 	  	Section 4.07.	  	Corporate Existence	  	46
				
	 	  	Section 4.08.	  	Payments for Consent	  	46
				
	 	  	Section 4.09.	  	Incurrence of Additional Debt.	  	46
				
	 	  	Section 4.10.	  	Restricted Payments	  	48
				
	 	  	Section 4.11.	  	Liens	  	50
				
	 	  	Section 4.12.	  	Asset Sales	  	50
				
	 	  	Section 4.13.	  	Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries	  	52
				
	 	  	Section 4.14.	  	Affiliate Transactions	  	53
				
	 	  	Section 4.15.	  	Issuance or Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries.	  	54
				
	 	  	Section 4.16.	  	Limitation on Layered Debt.	  	55
				
	 	  	Section 4.17.	  	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	55
				
	 	  	Section 4.18.	  	Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control	  	56
				
	 	  	Section 4.19.	  	Future Subsidiary Guarantors.	  	56
		
	ARTICLE 5.    SUCCESSORS	  	57
				
	 	  	Section 5.01.	  	Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets	  	57
				
	 	  	Section 5.02.	  	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	58
		
	ARTICLE 6.    DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	59
				
	 	  	Section 6.01.	  	Events of Default	  	59
				
	 	  	Section 6.02.	  	Acceleration	  	60
				
	 	  	Section 6.03.	  	Other Remedies	  	60
				
	 	  	Section 6.04.	  	Waiver of Defaults	  	60
				
	 	  	Section 6.05.	  	Control by Majority	  	61
				
	 	  	Section 6.06.	  	Limitation on Suits	  	61
				
	 	  	Section 6.07.	  	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	61
				
	 	  	Section 6.08.	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	61
				
	 	  	Section 6.09.	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	62
				
	 	  	Section 6.10.	  	Priorities	  	62
				
	 	  	Section 6.11.	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	62
		
	ARTICLE 7.    TRUSTEE	  	62

  

 ii 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	 	  	Page

	 	  	Section 7.01.	  	Duties of Trustee	  	63
				
	 	  	Section 7.02.	  	Rights of Trustee	  	63
				
	 	  	Section 7.03.	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	64
				
	 	  	Section 7.04.	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	64
				
	 	  	Section 7.05.	  	Notice of Defaults	  	65
				
	 	  	Section 7.06.	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders	  	65
				
	 	  	Section 7.07.	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	65
				
	 	  	Section 7.08.	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	66
				
	 	  	Section 7.09.	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	67
				
	 	  	Section 7.10.	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	67
				
	 	  	Section 7.11.	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	  	67
		
	ARTICLE 8.    LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  	67
				
	 	  	Section 8.01.	  	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	67
				
	 	  	Section 8.02.	  	Legal Defeasance	  	67
				
	 	  	Section 8.03.	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	68
				
	 	  	Section 8.04.	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	68
				
	 	  	Section 8.05.	  	Deposited Cash and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	69
				
	 	  	Section 8.06.	  	Repayment to Company	  	70
				
	 	  	Section 8.07.	  	Reinstatement	  	70
		
	ARTICLE 9.    AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  	70
				
	 	  	Section 9.01.	  	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	70
				
	 	  	Section 9.02.	  	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	71
				
	 	  	Section 9.03.	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	72
				
	 	  	Section 9.04.	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	72
				
	 	  	Section 9.05.	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	72
				
	 	  	Section 9.06.	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	73
		
	ARTICLE 10.    GUARANTEES	  	73
				
	 	  	Section 10.01.	  	Guarantee	  	73
				
	 	  	Section 10.02.	  	Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability	  	74
				
	 	  	Section 10.03.	  	Execution and Delivery of Guarantee	  	75
				
	 	  	Section 10.04.	  	Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	  	75
				
	 	  	Section 10.05.	  	Releases Following Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets, Etc.	  	76
		
	ARTICLE 11.    SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  	76
				
	 	  	Section 11.01.	  	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	76

  

 iii 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	 	  	Page

	 	  	Section 11.02.	  	Deposited Cash and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	77
				
	 	  	Section 11.03.	  	Repayment to Company	  	77
		
	ARTICLE 12.    SUBORDINATION	  	77
				
	 	  	Section 12.01.	  	Agreement to Subordinate	  	77
				
	 	  	Section 12.02.	  	Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy	  	78
				
	 	  	Section 12.03.	  	Default on Senior Debt	  	78
				
	 	  	Section 12.04.	  	Acceleration of Payment of Securities.	  	79
				
	 	  	Section 12.05.	  	When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.	  	79
				
	 	  	Section 12.06.	  	Subrogation	  	79
				
	 	  	Section 12.07.	  	Relative Rights	  	79
				
	 	  	Section 12.08.	  	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company	  	79
				
	 	  	Section 12.09.	  	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent	  	80
				
	 	  	Section 12.10.	  	Distribution or Notice to Representative	  	80
				
	 	  	Section 12.11.	  	Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate	  	80
				
	 	  	Section 12.12.	  	Trust Moneys Not Subordinated	  	80
				
	 	  	Section 12.13.	  	Trustee Entitled to Rely	  	80
				
	 	  	Section 12.14.	  	Trustee to Effectuate Subordination	  	81
				
	 	  	Section 12.15.	  	Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt	  	81
				
	 	  	Section 12.16.	  	Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt on Subordination Provisions	  	81
		
	ARTICLE 13.    MISCELLANEOUS	  	81
				
	 	  	Section 13.01.	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	81
				
	 	  	Section 13.02.	  	Notices	  	81
				
	 	  	Section 13.03.	  	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	82
				
	 	  	Section 13.04.	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	82
				
	 	  	Section 13.05.	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	82
				
	 	  	Section 13.06.	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	83
				
	 	  	Section 13.07.	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	83
				
	 	  	Section 13.08.	  	Governing Law	  	83
				
	 	  	Section 13.09.	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	83
				
	 	  	Section 13.10.	  	Successors	  	83
				
	 	  	Section 13.11.	  	Severability	  	83
				
	 	  	Section 13.12.	  	Counterpart Originals	  	83

  

 iv 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	 	  	Page

	 	 	Section 13.13.	  	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	84
				
	 	 	Section 13.14.	  	Qualification of this Indenture.	  	84

  

 v 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 
  

			
	 TIA Section
  Reference

	  	Indenture
Section

	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	 (b)
	  	7.08, 7.10
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	 (b)
	  	7.11
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	 (b)
	  	12.03
	 (c)
	  	12.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)(2)
	  	7.06, 7.07
	 (c)
	  	7.06, 12.02
	 (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03, 4.04, 12.02
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)(1)
	  	12.04
	 (c)(2)
	  	12.04
	 (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (d)
	  	N.A.
	 (e)
	  	12.05
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	 (b)
	  	7.05, 12.02
	 (c)
	  	7.01
	 (d)
	  	7.01
	 (e)
	  	6.11
	 316(a) (last sentence)
	  	2.09
	 (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	 (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)
	  	6.07
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	 (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	 (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	12.01

  
 N.A. means Not Applicable. 

 
 Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this
Indenture 

 This INDENTURE, dated as of March 31, 2004, is by and among U.S. Concrete, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
each Subsidiary Guarantor listed on the signature pages hereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
  
 The Company, each Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders
of the 8 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”) issued under this Indenture:

  
 ARTICLE 1. 
  
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
  

	Section	1.01. Definitions. 

  
 For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: 
  
 “144A Global Note” means a Global Note in the form of
Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold for
initial resale in reliance on Rule 144A. 
  
 “Additional
Assets” means: 
  
 (a) any Property (other than cash,
Cash Equivalents and securities) to be owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and used in a Permitted Business; or 
  
 (b) Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or another
Restricted Subsidiary from any Person other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that, in the case of this clause (b), such Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Permitted Business. 

 
 “Additional Notes” means any Notes (other than Initial
Notes, Exchange Notes and Notes issued under Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 and 3.06 hereof) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02, 2.15 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes or as an additional series.

  
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any
other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any Person, means the power
to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to
the foregoing. 
  
 “Agent” means any Registrar,
co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent. 
  
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such
transfer, redemption or exchange. 
  

 “Asset Sale” means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition (or series of related
sales, leases, transfers or dispositions) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction and including any sale or issuance of the Capital Stock of any Restricted
Subsidiary (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”), of any other Property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, other than: 
  

 2 

 (a) any disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (b) any
disposition that constitutes a Permitted Investment or is permitted by Section 4.10 hereof; 
  
 (c) any disposition effected in compliance with Section 5.01(a); 
  
 (d) any disposition in a single transaction or a series of related transactions of assets for aggregate consideration of less than $2.0 million;

  
 (e) the creation of any Permitted Lien and the exercise by any
Person in whose favor a Permitted Lien is granted of any of its rights in respect of that Permitted Lien; 
  
 (f) any disposition of surplus, discontinued, damaged or worn-out equipment or other immaterial assets no longer used in the ongoing business of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (g) any other
disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; and 
  
 (h) the trade or
exchange by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets used or useful in the Company’s business that are owned or held by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary solely for (1) assets used or useful in the Company’s
business that are owned or held by another Person or (2) Capital Stock of a Person engaged in a Permitted Business and which as a result of such transaction becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in either case, that the Board of Directors
determines to be of approximately equivalent value. 
  
 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at any date of determination, 
  
 (a) if such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Debt represented thereby according to the definition of
“Capital Lease Obligations”; and 
  
 (b) in all other
instances, the greater of: 
  
 (1) the Fair
Market Value of the Property subject to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction; and 
  
 (2) the present value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for
rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended). 
  
 “Average Life” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to any Debt or Preferred Stock, the
quotient obtained by dividing: 
  
 (a) the sum of the product of
the numbers of years (rounded to the nearest one-twelfth of one year) from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Debt or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock
multiplied by the amount of such payment by 
  
 (b) the sum of all
such payments. 
  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title
11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, or the law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors. 
  
 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the
Company or any duly authorized committee thereof. 
 “Board Resolution” of a Person means a copy of a resolution certified by
the secretary or an assistant secretary (or individual performing comparable duties) of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof and to be in full force and
effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 
  
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday. 
  
 “Capital Lease Obligations” means any obligation under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP; and the amount of Debt represented by such
obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon
which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. For purposes of Section 4.11, a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed secured by a Lien on the Property being leased. 
  
 “Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any
shares or other equivalents (however designated) of any class of corporate stock or partnership interests or any other participations, rights, warrants, options or other interests in the nature of an equity interest in such Person, including
Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt security convertible into or exchangeable for such equity interest. 
  
 “Capital Stock Sale Proceeds” means at any date the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company from the issuance or sale (other than
to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees) by the Company of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Issue
Date and until such date, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with
such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof. 
  
 “Cash Equivalents” means any of the following: 
  
 (a) Investments in U.S. Government Obligations maturing not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; 
  
 (b) Investments in demand deposit accounts, time deposit accounts,
certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof having capital,
surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $250.0 million and whose long-term debt is rated, on the date of the Investment, “A-3” or “A-” or higher according to Moody’s or S&P (or such similar equivalent
rating by at least one “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act)); 
  
 (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) or (b) entered into with:

  
 (1) a bank meeting the qualifications
described in clause (b) above; or 
  
 (2) any
primary government securities dealer reporting to the Market Reports Division of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; 
  
 (d) Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition with a rating, on the date of the Investment, of
“P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-1” (or higher) according to S&P (or at least an equivalent rating by at least one “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined in Rule 436
under the Securities Act)); 
  
 (e) direct obligations (or
certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of any state of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the 
  

 3 

 full faith and credit of such state is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option,
provided that: 
  
 (1) the long-term debt
of such state is rated, at the time of the Investment, “A-3” or “A-” or higher according to Moody’s or S&P (or such similar equivalent rating by at least one “nationally recognized statistical rating
organization” (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act)); and 
  
 (2) such obligations mature not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; and 
  
 (f) Investments in mutual funds whose investment guidelines restrict substantially all of such funds’ investments to those satisfying the provisions
of any one or more of clauses (a) through (e) above. 
  
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: 
  
 (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provisions to
either of the foregoing), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of securities within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule
13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; provided that for purposes of this clause (a), a person will be deemed to have “beneficial
ownership” of all shares that any such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the occurrence of a subsequent condition; and provided further, that such person or group shall be
deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of a corporation held by any other corporation (the “parent corporation”) so long as such person or group beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate at least a majority of the
total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent corporation; or 
  
 (b) the sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all the Property of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, considered as a whole (other than a disposition of
such Property to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary), shall have occurred, or the Company consolidates with or merges with or into any other Person or any other Person consolidates with or merges with or into the Company, in any such event
pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is reclassified into or exchanged for cash, securities or other Property, other than any such transaction where: 
  
 (1) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is
reclassified into or exchanged for other Voting Stock of the Company or Voting Stock of the Surviving Person; and 
  
 (2) the holders of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a
majority of the Voting Stock of the Company or the Surviving Person immediately after such transaction; or 
  
 (c) during any period of two consecutive years, beginning after the Issue Date, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of
Directors (together with any new directors whose election or appointment by such Board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were
either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors then in office; or 
  
 (d) the stockholders of the Company shall have approved any plan of
liquidation or dissolution of the Company. 
  
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking S.A. and any successor thereto. 
  
 “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
  
 “Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  

 4 

 “Commodity Price Protection Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any forward
contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in commodity prices. 
  
 “Company” means U.S. Concrete, Inc., and any successor thereto. 
  
 “Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date
of determination, the ratio of: 
  
 (a) the aggregate amount of
EBITDA for the Company’s most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending at least 45 days prior to such determination date for which the Company’s consolidated financial statements are available to 
  
 (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; 

 
 provided, however, that: 
  
 (1) if 
  
 (A) since the beginning of such period the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Debt other than Debt under a revolving credit facility used for working capital purposes in the ordinary course of business that remains outstanding at the end of such period or Repaid any Debt; or 

 
 (B) the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate
the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence or Repayment of Debt, 
  
 Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Incurrence or Repayment as if such Debt was Incurred or Repaid on the first day of such period,
provided that, in the event of any such Repayment of Debt, EBITDA for such period shall be calculated as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned any interest income actually earned during such period in respect of the
funds used to Repay such Debt, and 
  
 (2) if

  
 (A) since the beginning of such period the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Sale or an Investment (by merger or otherwise) in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of Property which constitutes all or
substantially all of an operating unit of a business; 
  
 (B) the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is such an Asset Sale, Investment or acquisition; or 
  

(C) since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made such an Asset Sale, Investment or acquisition, 
  
 then EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to such Asset Sale, Investment or acquisition as if such Asset Sale,
Investment or acquisition had occurred on the first day of such period. 
  
 If any Debt bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Debt shall be calculated as if the base interest rate in effect for such floating rate of interest on the date of determination
had been the applicable base interest rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Debt if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term of at least 12 months). In the event the Capital Stock of
any Restricted Subsidiary is sold during the period, the Company shall be deemed, for purposes of clause (1) above, to have Repaid during such period the Debt of such Restricted Subsidiary 
  

 5 

 to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Debt after such sale.

  
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for
any period, without duplication of amounts, the total interest expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to the extent not included in such total interest expense, and to the extent Incurred by the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; 
  
 (a) imputed
interest expense with respect to Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions and interest expense attributable to Capital Lease Obligations; 
  

(b) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost, including commitment fees but excluding amortization or write-off of deferred financing
charges (including amendment fees) Incurred in respect of the initial issuance of the Notes or in connection with the entering into of the New Credit Facility; 
  

(c) capitalized interest; 
  
 (d) non-cash interest expense; 
  
 (e) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptance financing; 
  
 (f) net costs associated with Hedging Obligations (including amortization of
fees); 
  
 (g) Disqualified Stock Dividends; 
  
 (h) Preferred Stock Dividends; 
  
 (i) interest expense Incurred in connection with Investments in discontinued
operations; 
  
 (j) interest accruing on any Debt of any other
Person to the extent such Debt is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and 
  
 (k) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Company) in connection
with Debt Incurred by such plan or trust; 
  
 provided, however, that
Consolidated Interest Expense for any period shall not include any expense resulting from the prepayment of the Company’s 12% senior subordinated notes due 2010, which are being prepaid with proceeds from the issuance of the Notes, including
the make-whole premium thereon and write-off of deferred financing charges thereon. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP; provided,
however, that there shall not be included in the computation of such Consolidated Net Income: 
  
 (a) any net income (loss) of any Person (other than the Company) if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that: 
  
 (1) subject to the exclusion contained in clause (c) below,
equity of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash distributed by such Person during such
period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend, advance or other distribution (subject, in any case involving a dividend, advance or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (b) below);
and 
  

 6 

 (2) the equity of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries in a net loss
of any such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income; 
  
 (b) any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to contractual or legally binding prohibitions, directly
or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions, directly or indirectly, to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, except that: 
  
 (1) subject to the exclusion contained in clause (c) below, the equity of the Company and its consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the greater of (x) the aggregate amount of cash distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such
period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in any case involving a dividend or other distribution to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause) and (y) the
aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in any case involving a dividend or other
distribution to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and 
  
 (2) the equity of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period
shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income; 
  
 (c) any gain (but not loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Property of the Company or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed
of in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (d) any extraordinary
gain or loss; 
  
 (e) any gain or loss resulting from the
prepayment of the Company’s 12% senior subordinated notes due 2010, including the make-whole premium and write-off of deferred financing charges thereon; 
  

(f) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; and 
  
 (g) any non-cash compensation expense realized in respect of grants of performance shares, stock options or other rights to
officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such shares, options or other rights can be redeemed at the option of the holder only for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified
Stock). 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Section
4.10 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of Property from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such dividends,
repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (a)(iii)(D) thereof. 
  
 “Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the amounts that would appear on a consolidated balance
sheet of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as the total assets (after deducting accumulated depletion, depreciation and amortization, allowances for doubtful receivables, other applicable reserves and other similar items) of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, after deducting therefrom, to the extent otherwise included therein, the amounts of (without duplication): 
  
 (a) the excess of cost over fair market value of assets or businesses acquired; 
  
 (b) any revaluation or other write-up in book value of assets subsequent to the last day of the fiscal quarter of the
Company immediately preceding the Issue Date as a result of a change in the method of valuation in accordance with GAAP; 
  

 7 

 (c) unamortized debt discount and expenses and other unamortized deferred charges, goodwill, patents,
trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses, organization or developmental expenses and other intangible items; 
  
 (d) minority interests in consolidated Subsidiaries held by Persons other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (e) treasury stock; 
  
 (f) cash or securities set aside and held in a sinking or other analogous
fund established for the purpose of redemption or other retirement of Capital Stock; and 
  
 (g) Investments in and assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof, or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

  
 “Credit Facilities” means, with respect to
the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, one or more debt or commercial paper facilities with banks or other lenders (including the New Credit Facility) or indentures with banks or other institutional lenders or a trustee providing for revolving
credit loans, term loans, receivables financing, inventory or other property financing (including through the sale of receivables, inventory or other property to such lenders or to special purpose, bankruptcy remote entities formed to borrow from
such lenders against such receivables or inventory) or letters of credit, or issuance of debt securities to institutional investors, in each case together with any Refinancings thereof. 
  
 “Currency Exchange Protection Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract,
currency swap agreement, currency option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates. 
  
 “Custodian” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the
Person specified in Section 2.03(c) as Custodian with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as custodian hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 “Debt” means, with respect to any Person on any date of
determination (without duplication): 
  
 (a) the principal of and
premium (if any) in respect of: 
  
 (1) debt of
such Person for money borrowed; and 
  
 (2) debt
evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable; 
  
 (b) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by such Person;

  
 (c) all obligations of such Person representing the deferred
and unpaid purchase price of Property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement to the extent such obligations would appear as a liability upon the balance sheet of such
Person prepared in accordance with GAAP (but excluding accrued expenses and trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business); 
  
 (d) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction
(other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in (a) through (c) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not
drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such 
  

 8 

 drawing is reimbursed no later than the third business day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement
following payment on the letter of credit); 
  
 (e) the amount of
all obligations of such Person with respect to the Repayment of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends); 
  
 (f) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above
of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee; 
  
 (g) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above
of other Persons secured by any Lien on any Property of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such Property at the time of the
Incurrence thereof and the amount of the obligation so secured; and 
  
 (h) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person under Interest Rate Agreements. 
  
 The amount of Debt of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance, or the accreted value of such Debt in the case of Debt issued with original
issue discount, at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date. The amount of Debt
represented by a Hedging Obligation shall be equal to: 
  
 (1) zero if such Hedging Obligation has been Incurred pursuant to clause (vi), (vii) or (viii) of Section 4.09(b); or 
  
 (2) the notional amount of such Hedging Obligation if not Incurred pursuant to such clauses. 
  
 “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or
passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 
  
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 or 2.10 hereof, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall
not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
  
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section
2.03(b) hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 “Designated Senior Debt” means: 
  
 (a) any Senior Debt that has, at the time of determination, an aggregate
principal amount outstanding of at least $25.0 million (including the amount of all undrawn commitments and matured and contingent reimbursement obligations pursuant to letters of credit thereunder) that is specifically designated in the instrument
evidencing such Senior Debt and is designated in a notice delivered by the Company to the holders or a Representative of the holders of such Senior Debt and in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee as “Designated Senior
Debt” of the Company for purposes of this Indenture, and 
  
 (b) any Senior Debt outstanding under the New Credit Facility. 
  

 9 

 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, in either case at the option of the holder thereof) or otherwise: 
  
 (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise; 
  
 (b) is or may become redeemable or
repurchaseable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part; or 
  
 (c) is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof for Debt or Disqualified Stock; 
  
 on or prior to, in the case of clause (a), (b) or (c), the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes. 
  
 “Disqualified Stock Dividends” means all dividends with
respect to Disqualified Stock of the Company held by Persons other than a Restricted Subsidiary. The amount of any such dividend shall be equal to the quotient of such dividend divided by the difference between one and the maximum statutory federal
income tax rate (expressed as a decimal number between 1 and 0) then applicable to the Company. 
  
 “Distribution Compliance Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 
  
 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted
Subsidiary other than (a) a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Subsidiary of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “EBITDA” means, for any period, an amount equal to, for the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries: 
  
 (a) the sum of Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the following to
the extent reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period: 
  
 (1) the provision for taxes based on income or profits or utilized in computing net loss; 
  
 (2) Consolidated Interest Expense; 
  
 (3) depreciation; 
  
 (4) depletion; 
  
 (5) amortization; and 
  
 (6) any other non-cash items (other than any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual of, or reserve for, cash
expenditures in any future period); minus 
  
 (b) all non-cash
items to the extent such items increased Consolidated Net Income for such period (other than any such non-cash item to the extent that it will result in the receipt of cash payments in any future period). 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (a), the provision for taxes and the
depreciation, amortization and non-cash items of a Restricted Subsidiary shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in
calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not 
  

 10 

 been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders,
statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders. 
  
 “Equity Offering” means any public or private offering of common stock of the Company. 
  
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of
the Euroclear systems, and any successor thereto. 
  
 “Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01. 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  
 “Exchange Notes” means the notes issued in exchange for the Notes or any Additional Notes pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement.

  
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in
a Registration Rights Agreement relating to an exchange of Notes registered under the Securities Act for Notes not so registered. 
  
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any Property, the
price that could be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair Market Value shall be determined,
except as otherwise provided; 
  
 (a) if such Property has a Fair
Market Value equal to or less than $10.0 million, by any Officer of the Company; or 
  
 (b) if such Property has a Fair Market Value in excess of $10.0 million, by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith. 
  
 “Foreign Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of
the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia. 
  
 “GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time, including those set forth in: 
  
 (a) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants; 
  
 (b) the statements and pronouncements of the
Financial Accounting Standards Board; 
  
 (c) such other
statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession; and 
  
 (d) the rules and regulations of the Commission governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in periodic
reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the Commission. 
  
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section
2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
  

 11 

 “Global Notes” means the global Notes in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in
accordance with Article 2 hereof. 
  
 “Guarantee”
means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: 
  
 (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or
payment of) such Debt of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or 
  
 (b) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee
against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); 
  
 provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include: 
  
 (1) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (2) a contractual commitment by one Person to invest in
another Person for so long as such Investment is reasonably expected to constitute a Permitted Investment under clause (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Permitted Investment”; or 
  
 (3) a Lien on the Property of one Person to secure an
obligation of another Person, which obligation the first Person has not assumed, Incurred or otherwise (other than through the operation of such Lien) become liable for. 
  
 The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. The term “Guarantor” shall mean any
Person providing a Guarantee. 
  
 “Hedging
Obligation” of any Person means any hedging obligation of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Exchange Protection Agreement or Commodity Price Protection Agreement. 
  
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered
in the Security Register. 
  
 “IAI Global Note”
means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors, if any, to the extent required by the Applicable Procedures. 
  
 “Incur” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by merger, conversion, exchange or
otherwise), extend, assume, Guarantee or become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Debt or obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and
“Incurrence” and “Incurred” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided that a change in GAAP that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time, and is not theretofore classified as
Debt, becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Debt; provided further, that any Debt or other obligations of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or
otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. Solely for purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.09, the amortization of debt discount shall not be deemed to be the Incurrence of Debt;
provided that in the case of Debt sold at a discount, the amount of such Debt Incurred shall at any time be the accreted value of such Debt. 
  
 “Indenture” means this instrument, as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended in accordance with
Article 9 hereof. 
  

 12 

 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an investment banking firm of national standing or
any third party appraiser of national standing; provided that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Company. 
  
 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
  
 “Initial Notes” means $200,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof. 
  
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Interest Payment Dates” shall have the meaning set forth in
paragraph 1 of each Note. 
  
 “Interest Rate
Agreement” means, for any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates. 

 
 “Investment” by any Person means any direct or indirect
loan, advance or other extension of credit (other than loans, advances or other extensions of credit to customers in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution (by means of transfers of cash or other Property to others or payments for
Property or services for the account or use of others, or otherwise) to, or Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidence of Debt issued by, any
other Person. For purposes of Section 4.10 and 4.17 and the definition of “Restricted Payment,” the term “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair
Market Value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company
shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary of an amount (if positive) equal to: 
  
 (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less 
  
 (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such
Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation. 
  
 The term “Investment” shall also include the issuance, sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary to a Person other
than the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary if the result thereof is that such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary, in which event the amount of such “Investment” shall be the Fair Market Value of the
remaining interest, if any, in such former Restricted Subsidiary held by the Company and the other Restricted Subsidiaries. In determining the amount of any Investment made by transfer of any Property other than cash, such Property shall be valued
at its Fair Market Value at the time of such Investment. 
  
 “Issue Date” means March 31, 2004. 
  
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York, the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located or any other place of payment on the Notes
are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. 
  
 “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal, or its electronic equivalent in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Initial Notes or any
Additional Notes for use by such Holders in connection with an Exchange Offer. 
  
 “Lien” means, with respect to any Property of any Person, any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien, charge, easement (other than
any easement 
  

 13 

 not materially impairing usefulness or marketability), encumbrance, preference, priority or other security agreement or
preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such Property (including any Capital Lease Obligation, conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the
foregoing or any Sale and Leaseback Transaction); provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, the interest of a Person, owner or lessor under operating leases of Property shall not constitute “Liens” on or in respect
of such Property. 
  
 “Moody’s” means
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
  
 “Net Available Cash” from any Asset Sale means payments received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such Asset Sale in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (including any (i) payments
received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents and (ii) proceeds from the conversion of any other consideration
received when converted into cash or Cash Equivalents), in each case net of: 
  
 (a) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a
consequence of such Asset Sale; 
  
 (b) all payments made on or in
respect of any Debt that is secured by any Property subject to such Asset Sale (other than with respect to the New Credit Facility), in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such Property, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a
necessary consent to such Asset Sale, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Sale; 
  
 (c) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset
Sale; and 
  
 (d) the deduction of appropriate amounts provided by
the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the Property disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Sale. 
  
 “New Credit Facility” means the credit agreement, dated as
of March 12, 2004, by and among the Company, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, including any notes, collateral documents,
letters of credit and documentation and guarantees and any appendices, exhibits or schedules to any of the preceding, as any or all such agreements may be in effect from time to time, in each case, as any or all of such agreements (or any other
agreement that Refinances any or all of such agreements) may be amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, or renewed, refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, repaid or extended from time to time, whether with the original
agents and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original credit agreement or one or more other credit agreements, indentures or otherwise. 
  
 “Non-Recourse Debt,” with respect to any Person, means Debt of such Person for which the sole legal
recourse for collection of principal and interest on such Debt is against the specific property identified in the instruments evidencing or securing such Debt, and such property was acquired with the proceeds of such Debt, or such Debt was Incurred
within 365 days after the later of the acquisition, construction, completion or commercial operation of such property. 
  
 “Obligations” means all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and
other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Debt. 
  
 “Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated March 26, 2004, relating to the issuance of the Notes. 
  

 14 

 “Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer
or any Vice President of the Company. 
  
 “Officers’
Certificate” means a certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, signed by two Officers of the Company, at least one of whom shall be the principal executive officer or principal financial officer of the
Company, and delivered to the Trustee. 
  
 “Opinion of
Counsel” means a written opinion, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and which meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. The counsel may be an
employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee. 
  
 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively, and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and
Clearstream. 
  
 “Permitted Business” means any
of the businesses in which the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged in on the Issue Date and any business that is related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto. 
  
 “Permitted Investment” means any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in: 
  
 (a) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (b) any Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a
Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Permitted Business; 
  
 (c) any Person if as a result of such Investment such Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its
Property to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Person’s primary business is a Permitted Business; 
  
 (d) Cash Equivalents; 
  
 (e) (i) receivables owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and contracts in progress of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in either case
if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) prepaid expenses and deposits created or made in the ordinary course of business and (iii) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (f) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected
at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (g) loans and advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business; provided that such loans and advances do not exceed $2.0 million in
the aggregate at any one time outstanding; 
  
 (h) stock,
obligations or other securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or by reason of a composition or readjustment of debts or reorganization of another
Person, or in settlement or satisfaction of claims or judgments; 
  
 (i) any Person to the extent such Investment represents the non-cash portion of the consideration received in connection with (A) an Asset Sale consummated in compliance with Section 4.12 or (B) any disposition of Property not constituting
an Asset Sale; 
  
 (j) Investments in Permitted Joint Ventures
(including in the form of Guarantees of the Debt of a Permitted Joint Venture); provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments made pursuant to this clause (j) 
  

 15 

 shall not exceed the greater of (A) $20.0 million or (B) 10% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding;
and 
  
 (k) Hedging Obligations otherwise permitted under this
Indenture; 
  
 (l) any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock
solely in exchange for the, or out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent, issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 
  
 (m) memberships in trade or professional associations; and 
  
 (n) other Investments made for Fair Market Value that do not exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one
time. 
  
 “Permitted Joint Ventures” means any
Person which is not a Subsidiary and is, directly or indirectly, through its subsidiaries or otherwise, engaged principally in a Permitted Business, and the Capital Stock of which is owned by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one
hand, and one or more other Persons other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, on the other hand. 
  
 “Permitted Junior Securities” means: 
  
 (a) Capital Stock in the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor; or 
  

(b) debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Debt and debt securities that are issued in exchange for Senior Debt to substantially the same
extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt under this Indenture and have a Stated Maturity after (and do not provide for scheduled principal payments prior to) the Stated Maturity
of any Senior Debt and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt; 
  
 provided, however, that, if such Capital Stock or debt securities are distributed in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, such Capital Stock or debt securities are distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization consented
to by each class of Designated Senior Debt. 
  
 “Permitted
Liens” means: 
  
 (a) Liens in favor of the Company or
any Subsidiary Guarantor; 
  
 (b) Liens for taxes, assessments or
governmental charges or levies on the Property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings
promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision that shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; 
  
 (c) Liens imposed by law, such as landlords’, carriers’, vendors’, laborers’, warehousemen’s,
mechanics’ or employees’ Liens and similar Liens, on the Property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business and securing payment of obligations that are not more than 60 days past due or are
being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; 
  
 (d) Liens on the Property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure appeal, bid, tender or performance obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance or
return-of-money bonds, surety bonds, letters of credit or other obligations of a like nature and Incurred in a manner consistent with industry practice, in each case which are not Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money and which do not
in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of Property in the operation of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; 
  

 16 

 (e) Liens on Property at the time the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary acquired such Property,
including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other Property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
provided further, however, that such Liens shall not have been Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Property was acquired by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary; 
  
 (f) Liens on the Property of a Person at the time
such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other Property of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary of such Person; provided further,
however, that any such Lien was not Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (g) pledges or deposits by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under
workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
is party, or to secure public or statutory obligations (including such obligations with respect to self-insurance programs), surety bonds, customs duties and the like, or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of
business; 
  
 (h) survey exceptions, easements, building or zoning
restrictions and such other encumbrances, charges or rights of others against real Property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character; 
  
 (i) licenses or leases or subleases as licensor, lessor or sublessor of any Property of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, including intellectual property, in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (j) customary Liens in favor of trustees and escrow agents, and netting and setoff rights, banker’s liens and the like in favor of financial institutions and counterparties to financial obligations and
instruments, including Hedging Obligations; 
  
 (k) any pledge of
the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure Debt or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent such pledge constitutes an Investment permitted under Section 4.10; 
  
 (l) judgment liens, and Liens securing appeal bonds or letters of credit
issued in support of or in lieu of appeal bonds, so long as no Event of Default then exists under Section 6.01(f); 
  
 (m) Liens existing on the Issue Date not otherwise described in clauses (a) through (l) above; 
  
 (n) Liens on the Property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to
secure any Refinancing, in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in clause (b), (g), (h) or (m) above; provided, however, that any such Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same Property that secured the original
Lien (together with improvements and accessions to such Property), and the aggregate principal amount of Debt that is secured by such Lien shall not be increased to an amount greater than the sum of: 
  
 (1) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, the
committed amount, of the Debt secured by Liens described under clause (b), (g), (h) or (m) above, as the case may be, at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture; and 
  
 (2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses,
including premiums and defeasance costs, incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Refinancing; and 
  
 (o) Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (a) through (n) above encumbering Property having an aggregate Fair Market Value not in excess of $5.0
million. 
  

 17 

 “Permitted Refinancing Debt” means any Debt that Refinances any other Debt, including
any successive Refinancings, so long as: 
  
 (a) such Debt is in
an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not in excess of the sum of: 
  
 (1) the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the
Debt being Refinanced; and 
  
 (2) an amount
necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance costs, related to such Refinancing; 
  
 (b) the Average Life of such Debt is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Debt being Refinanced at the time of the Refinancing; 
  
 (c) the Stated Maturity of such Debt is no earlier than the Stated Maturity
of the Debt being Refinanced; and 
  
 (d) the new Debt shall not
be senior in right of payment to the Debt that is being Refinanced; 
  
 provided, however, that Permitted Refinancing Debt shall not include: 
  
 (x) Debt of a Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that Refinances Debt of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor; or 
  
 (y) Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, company
(including any limited liability company), association, partnership, joint venture, business trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
  
 “Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every
previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same Debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.07 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same Debt
as the lost, destroyed or stolen Note. 
  
 “Preferred
Stock” means any Capital Stock of a Person, however designated, which entitles the holder thereof to a preference with respect to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or
dissolution of such Person, over shares of any other class of Capital Stock issued by such Person. 
  
 “Preferred Stock Dividends” means all dividends with respect to Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries held by Persons other than the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. The amount of any such dividend shall be equal to the quotient of such dividend divided by the difference between one and the maximum statutory federal income rate (expressed as a decimal number between 1 and 0)
then applicable to the issuer of such Preferred Stock. 
  
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except as otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 “pro forma” means, with respect to any calculation made or
required to be made pursuant to the terms hereof, a calculation performed in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, as interpreted in good faith by the Board of Directors after consultation with the
independent 
  

 18 

 certified public accountants of the Company, or otherwise a calculation made in good faith by the Board of Directors
after consultation with the independent certified public accountants of the Company, as the case may be. 
  
 “Property” means, with respect to any Person, any interest of such Person in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or
mixed, or tangible or intangible, including Capital Stock in, and other securities of, any other Person. For purposes of any calculation required pursuant to this Indenture, the value of any Property shall be its Fair Market Value. 
  
 “Purchase Money Debt” means Debt: 
  
 (a) consisting of the deferred purchase price of Property, conditional sale
obligations, obligations under any title retention agreement, other purchase money obligations and obligations in respect of industrial revenue bonds, in each case where the maturity of such Debt does not exceed the anticipated useful life of the
Property being financed; and 
  
 (b) Incurred to finance the
acquisition, construction or lease by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Property, including additions and improvements thereto; 
  
 provided, however, that such Debt is not Incurred after the date that is 365 days from the date of the acquisition, completion of construction or lease or
commercial operation of such Property by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
  
 “Refinance” means, in respect of any Debt, to refinance, extend, renew, refund or Repay, or to issue other Debt, in exchange or
replacement for, such Debt. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings. 
  
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, the Subsidiary
Guarantors and the initial purchasers named therein, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the other
parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes, or exchange such Additional Notes for
registered Notes, under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Regular
Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the applicable date specified as a “Record Date” on the face of the Note. 
  
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note in the form
of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the
Notes sold for initial resale in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
  
 “Repay” means, in respect of any Debt, to repay, prepay, repurchase, redeem, legally defease or otherwise retire such Debt. “Repayment” and “Repaid” shall have correlative meanings. For purposes of
Section 4.12 and the definition of “Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio,” Debt under a revolving credit facility shall be considered to have been Repaid only to the extent the related loan commitment, if any, shall have been permanently
reduced in connection therewith. 
  
 “Representative” means the trustee, agent or representative expressly authorized to act in such capacity, if any, for an issue of Senior Debt. 
  

 19 

 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within
the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom
such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
  
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted Global Notes” means 144A Global Notes, IAI
Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes. 
  
 “Restricted
Payment” means: 
  
 (a) any dividend or distribution (whether
made in cash, securities or other Property) declared or paid on or with respect to any shares of Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s Capital Stock (including any
payments made to the holders of shares of Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) in their capacity as such, except for any
dividend or distribution that is made solely to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the other shareholders of such Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis or on
a basis that results in the receipt by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of dividends or distributions of greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis) or any dividend or distribution payable solely in shares of Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 
  
 (b) the purchase,
repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or any Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the
Company or any securities exchangeable for or convertible into any such Capital Stock, including the exercise of any option to exchange any Capital Stock (other than for or into Capital Stock of the Company that is not Disqualified Stock);

  
 (c) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or
retirement for value, prior to the date for any scheduled maturity, sinking fund or amortization or other installment payment, of any Subordinated Obligation (other than the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of any Subordinated Obligation
purchased in anticipation of satisfying a scheduled maturity, sinking fund or amortization or other installment obligation, in each case due within one year of the date of acquisition); or 
  
 (d) any Investment (other than Permitted Investments) in any Person.

  
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary
of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services,
a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
  
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with any Person
providing for the leasing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Property (except for temporary leases for a term, including any renewal thereof, of not more than 180 days and 
  

 20 

 except for leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries), which Property has
been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  
 “Senior Debt” of the Company means: 
  
 (a) all obligations consisting of the principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including interest
accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of: 
  
 (1) Debt of the Company for borrowed money (including,
without limitation, under the New Credit Facility); and 
  
 (2) Debt of the Company evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments permitted under this Indenture for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable; 
  
 (b) all Capital Lease Obligations of the Company and all Attributable Debt in
respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by the Company; 
  
 (c) all obligations of the Company (including, without limitation, under the New Credit Facility); 
  
 (1) for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction; 
  
 (2) under Hedging Obligations; or 
  
 (3) issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of
Property and all conditional sale obligations of the Company and all obligations under any title retention agreement permitted under this Indenture; and 
  
 (d) all obligations of other Persons of the type referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as
Guarantor; 
  
 provided, however, that Senior Debt shall not include:

  
 (A) Debt of the Company that is by its terms subordinate or
pari passu in right of payment to the Notes, including any Senior Subordinated Debt or any Subordinated Obligations; 
  
 (B) any Debt Incurred in violation of the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (C) accounts payable or any other obligations of the Company to trade creditors created or assumed by the Company in the
ordinary course of business in connection with the obtaining of materials or services (including Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities); 
  

(D) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company; 
  
 (E) any obligation of the Company to any Subsidiary; or 
  
 (F) any obligations with respect to any Capital Stock of the Company. 
  
 To the extent that any payment of Senior Debt (whether by or on behalf of the
Company as proceeds of security or enforcement or any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be paid to a trustee, receiver or other similar party under any bankruptcy, insolvency,
receivership or similar law, then if such payment is recovered by, or paid over to, such trustee, receiver or other 
  

 21 

 similar party, the Senior Debt or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be deemed to be reinstated and
outstanding as if such payment had not occurred. “Senior Debt” of any Subsidiary Guarantor has a correlative meaning. 
  
 “Senior Subordinated Debt” of the Company means the Notes and any other subordinated Debt of the Company that specifically provides that
such Debt is to rank pari passu with the Notes and is not subordinated by its terms to any other subordinated Debt or other obligation of the Company which is not Senior Debt. “Senior Subordinated Debt” of any Subsidiary
Guarantor has a correlative meaning. 
  
 “Shelf
Registration Statement” means the registration statement relating to the registration of the Notes under Rule 415 of the Securities Act, as may be set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be
a “significant subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission. 
  
 “Special Interest” has the meaning set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement relating to amounts to be paid in the event the Company
fails to satisfy certain conditions set forth herein. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “interest” shall include Special Interest, if any, with respect to the Notes. 
  
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed
date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon
the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred). 
  
 “Subordinated Obligation” means any Debt of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter
Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement to that effect. 
  

“Subsidiary” means, in respect of any Person, any corporation, company (including any limited liability company), association,
partnership, joint venture or other business entity of which at least a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by: 
  
 (a) such Person; 
  
 (b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or 

 
 (c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. 
  
 Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary of the
Company. 
  
 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means a
Guarantee of the Notes on the terms set forth in Article 10 hereof and in the form of the Guarantee attached hereto as Exhibit E by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes and any additional Guarantee of
the Notes to be executed by any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to Section 4.19. 
  
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary and any other Person that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.19 or who otherwise executes and delivers a supplemental
indenture to the Trustee providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 “Surviving Person” means the surviving Person formed by a merger, consolidation or amalgamation and, for purposes of Section 5.01, a Person to whom all or substantially all of the Property of the Company or a Subsidiary
Guarantor is sold, transferred, assigned, leased, conveyed or otherwise disposed. 
  

 22 

 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations
thereunder. 
  
 “Trustee” means the Person named
as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

  
 “Unrestricted Definitive Notes” means one or
more Definitive Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted Global Notes” means one or more Global Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend and are deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or
its nominee. 
  
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

  
 (a) any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated after the
Issue Date as an Unrestricted Subsidiary as permitted or required pursuant to Section 4.17 and is not thereafter redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as permitted pursuant thereto; and 
  
 (b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured (or
certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged.

  
 “Voting Stock” of any Person means all
classes of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or other voting
members of the governing body of such Person. 
  
 “Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, a Restricted Subsidiary all the Voting Stock of which (except directors’ qualifying shares) is at such time owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and its other Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries. 
  
 Section 1.02. Other Definitions.

  

			
	 Term

	  	 Defined in
 Section

	 “Acceleration Notice”
	  	6.02
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.14
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Benefited Party”
	  	10.01
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.18
	 “Change of Control Amount”
	  	4.18
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “losses”
	  	7.07
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer to Purchase”
	  	3.09
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03

  

 23 

			
	 Term

	  	 Defined in
 Section

	 “Payment Blockage Notice”
	  	12.03
	 “Payment Blockage Period”
	  	12.03
	 “pay the Notes”
	  	12.03
	 “Prepayment Offer”
	  	4.12
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Purchase Price”
	  	3.09
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Security Register”
	  	2.03

  
 Section 1.03.
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 (a) Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
  
 (b) The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes and the Subsidiary
Guarantees; 
  
 “indenture security holder”
means a Holder of a Note; 
  
 “indenture to be
qualified” means this Indenture; 
  
 “indenture
trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 
  
 “obligor” on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes. 
  
 (c) All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule under
the TIA and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings so assigned to them either in the TIA, by another statute or Commission rule, as applicable. 
  
 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. 
  
 (a) Unless the context otherwise requires: 
  
 (i) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
  
 (ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (iii) “or” is not exclusive; 
  
 (iv) words in the singular include the plural, and in the
plural include the singular; 
  
 (v) all
references in this instrument to “Articles,” “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed; 
  
 (vi) the words “herein,” “hereof” and
“hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. 
  
 (vii) “including” means “including without limitation;” 
  
 (viii) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 
  

 24 

 (ix) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the
TIA shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time thereunder. 
  
 ARTICLE 2. 
  
 THE NOTES 
  
 Section 2.01. Form and Dating. 
  
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form included in Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Notes
may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, exchange rule or usage in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples thereof. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms
and provisions and to be bound thereby. To the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
  
 (b) Form of Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in
the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes
represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and transfers of interests therein. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

  
 (c) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.01(c)
shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary. Participants and Indirect Participants shall have no rights under this Indenture or any Global Note with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by
the Depositary or by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and the Depositary shall be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as
between the Depositary and its Participants or Indirect Participants, the Applicable Procedures or the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

  
 (d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures
Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream” and “Customer
Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
  
 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. 
  
 (a) One Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 
  
 (b) If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at
the time a Note is authenticated by the Trustee, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. 
  

 25 

 (c) A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature
shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
  
 (d) The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for issuance. 
  
 (e) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company
to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such
agent. An authenticating agent shall have the same rights as the Trustee to deal with Holders, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 
  
 Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. 
  
 (a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange
(“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register (the “Security Register”) of the Notes and
of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying
agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain
another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  
 (b) The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

  
 (c) The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as
Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes, and the Trustee hereby agrees so to initially act. 
  
 Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
  
 The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of
Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default
continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held by it relating to the Notes to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the
Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for such funds. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all
funds held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any Event of Default under Sections 6.01(h) and (i) hereof relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
  
 Section 2.05. Holder Lists. 
  
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all
Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times
as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date or such shorter time as the Trustee may allow, as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders and the Company shall otherwise comply with
TIA §312(a). 
  

 26 

 Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. 
  
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the
Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All
Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if: (1) at any time the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary for the Global Notes or if at any time the Depositary shall
no longer be eligible to act as such because it ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, the Company shall not have appointed a successor Depositary within 120 days after the Company receives such notice
or becomes aware of such ineligibility, (2) the Company, at its option, determines that the Global Notes shall be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee or (3) upon written request of a Holder or
the Trustee if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Upon the occurrence of any of the events set forth in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above, the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in
accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, Definitive Notes, in authorized denominations, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Notes in exchange for such Global Notes.
Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Except as provided above, every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof,
pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), and
beneficial interests in a Global Note may not be transferred and exchanged other than as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 
  
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes
shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set
forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes also shall require compliance with either clause (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following clauses, as
applicable: 
  
 (i) Transfer of Beneficial
Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer
restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend and any Applicable Procedures; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global
Note may not be made to or for the account or benefit of a “U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) (other than a “distributor” (as defined in Rule 902(d) of the Regulation S)). Beneficial interests in any
Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. Except as may be required by any Applicable Procedures, no written orders or instructions shall be
required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i). 
  
 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of
beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: (A) both (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the
Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2)
instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) both (1) if permitted under Section 2.06(a), a written order from a Participant or an
Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2)
instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (B)(1) above. Upon consummation of an Exchange
Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be 
  

 27 

 deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter
of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the
Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof. 
  
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note to Another Restricted Global Note.
A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the
requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof or, if permitted by the Applicable Procedures, item (3) thereof; 
  

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
  
 (C) if the transferee is required by the Applicable Procedures to take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global
Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications and certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
  
 (iv) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a
Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or may
transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:

  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected
pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications required in the
applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global 
  

 28 

 Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in
item (1)(a) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the holder of
such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that
such exchange or transfer complies with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to clause (B) or
(D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted
Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above. 
  

(v) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note
Prohibited. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note. 
  
 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for
Definitive Notes. 
  
 (i) Transfer or
Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a
QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a “Non-U.S. Person” in an offshore transaction (as defined in Section
902(k) of Regulation S) in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
  
 (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an
Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in clauses (B) through 
  

 29 

 (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications,
certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; 
  
 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof, or 
  
 (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (3)(c) thereof, 
  
 the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be
reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02
hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver a Restricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in the instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary
and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall be registered in such
name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall designate in such instructions. The Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes
are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on
transfer contained therein. 
  
 (ii) Transfer
or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, a holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration
Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such
certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; 

 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant
to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
  

 30 

 (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to
transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

  
 and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the
Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer complies with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on
transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 Upon satisfaction of any of the conditions of any of the clauses of this Section 2.06(c)(ii), the Company shall execute and, upon receipt
of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in
instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder, and the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h), the
aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note. 
  
 (iii) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of
the applicable conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global
Note, and the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person
designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange
for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall designate in such instructions. The
Trustee shall deliver such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear
the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (d) Transfer and Exchange
of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. 
  
 (i) Transfer or Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for
a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the
following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the holder of
such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b)
thereof; 
  
 (B) if such Restricted Definitive
Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a “non-U.S. Person” in an offshore
transaction (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation 
  

 31 

 S) in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
  
 (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in clauses (B) through (D)
above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; or 
  
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof, 
  
 (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
  
 the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof,
the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, a 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, a Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, a
IAI Global Note. 
  
 (ii) Transfer or Exchange
of Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such
Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder
of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made
through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; 

 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant
to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
  

 32 

 (2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Restricted
Definitive Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

  
 and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the
Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall
cancel such Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
  
 (iii) Transfer or Exchange of Unrestricted Definitive
Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted
Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted
Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
  
 (iv) Transfer or Exchange of Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global
Notes Prohibited. An Unrestricted Definitive Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note. 
  
 (v) Issuance of Unrestricted Global Notes. If any
such exchange or transfer of a Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is effected pursuant to clause (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall
issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so
transferred. 
  
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive
Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a holder of Definitive Notes and such holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such
registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by
such holder. In addition, the requesting holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 
  
 (i) Transfer of Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted
Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
  
 (C)
if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, a certificate in the form of 
  

 33 

 Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)
thereof, if applicable. 
  
 (ii) Transfer or
Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof
in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer,
makes any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by a Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) any such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note
proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes
proposes to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this clause
(D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer complies with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the
Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of this Section 2.06(e)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the prior Restricted Definitive Note and
the Company shall execute, and upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate aggregate principal amount to the Person
designated by the holder of such prior Restricted Definitive Note in instructions delivered to the Registrar by such holder. 
  
 (iii) Transfer of Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may
transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes
pursuant to the instructions from the holder thereof. 
  
 (f)
Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall
authenticate (A) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate 
  

 34 

 principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interests in the applicable Restricted Global
Notes (1) tendered for acceptance by Persons that make any and all certifications in the applicable Letters of Transmittal (or are deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by
such Registration Rights Agreement and (2) accepted for exchange in such Exchange Offer and (B) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for
acceptance by Persons who made the foregoing certifications and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount the aggregate
principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by
the holders of Restricted Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate aggregate principal amount. 
  
 (g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless
specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 (i) Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (A) Except as permitted by clause (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

  
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED,
PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. 
  
 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES, ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR
ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE
LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED
EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”
(AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A) THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS
THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL
ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO
OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE
TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO 
  

 35 

 EITHER OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE.” 
  
 (B) Notwithstanding
the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to clauses (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not
bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (ii) Global Note
Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
  
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE
BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY
BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A
SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
  
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY
TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY
TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS
WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
  
 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged
for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any
time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the
aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and
if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the aggregate principal amount of such other Global Note shall be increased
accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
  

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 
  
 (i) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of
a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection 
  

 36 

 therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or
transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.12, 4.18 and 9.05 hereof). 
  
 (ii) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt as the Global
Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  
 (iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Company shall be
required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of
business on the date of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to
exchange a Note between a record date (including a Regular Record Date) and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 
  
 (iv) Prior to due presentment for the registration of transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the
Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Note and for all other purposes, in each case regardless of any notice to the
contrary. 
  
 (v) All certifications,
certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
  
 (vi) The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to enter
into a letter of representation with the Depositary in the form provided by the Company and to act in accordance with such letter. 
  
 Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. 
  
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft
of any Note, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note. If required by the Trustee or the Company, the Holder of such Note shall
provide indemnity that is sufficient, in the judgment of the Trustee or the Company, to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer in connection with such replacement. If
required by the Company, such Holder shall reimburse the Company for its reasonable expenses in connection with such replacement. 
  
 Every replacement Note issued in accordance with this Section 2.07 shall be the valid obligation of the Company, evidencing the same debt as the
destroyed, lost or stolen Note, and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  
 Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes. 
  
 (a) The Notes outstanding at any time shall be the entire principal amount of Notes represented by all of the Global Notes
and Definitive Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those subject to reductions in beneficial interests effected by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, and those
described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note shall not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; provided, however, that Notes
held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed not to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b) hereof. 
  
 (b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the
replaced note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
  

 37 

 (c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it shall cease to
be outstanding and interest on it shall cease to accrue. 
  
 (d)
If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date, a Purchase Date or a maturity date, funds sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes
shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 
  
 Section 2.09. Treasury Notes. 
  
 In
determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that
for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 
  
 Section 2.10. Temporary Notes. 
  
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may
prepare and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the
Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes or Definitive Notes in exchange for
temporary Notes, as applicable. After preparation of Definitive Notes, the Temporary Note will be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the Temporary Notes. 
  
 Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all
other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  
 Section 2.11.
Cancellation. 
  
 The Company at any time may
deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. Upon sole direction of the Company, the Trustee and no one
else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act or other applicable laws) unless
by written order, signed by an Officer of the Company, the Company directs them to be returned to it. Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Company from time to time upon request. The Company may not issue
new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
  
 Section 2.12. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest. 
  
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful,
interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount
of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less
than 10 days prior to the related Interest Payment Date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the
Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related Interest Payment Date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
  

 38 

 Section 2.13. CUSIP or ISIN Numbers. 
  
 The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and/or “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and,
if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” and/or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to
the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or notice of an Offer to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any
such redemption or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” and/or “ISIN” numbers. 
  
 Section 2.14. Special Interest 
  
 If Special Interest is payable by the Company pursuant to a Registration
Rights Agreement and paragraph 1 of the Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate to that effect stating (i) the amount of such Special Interest that is payable and (ii) the date on which such interest is payable pursuant to
Section 4.01 hereof. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives such a certificate or instruction or direction from the Holders in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no
Special Interest is payable. The foregoing shall not prejudice the rights of the Holders with respect to their entitlement to Special Interest as otherwise set forth in this Indenture or the Notes and pursuing any action against the Company directly
or otherwise directing the Trustee to take any such action in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes. If the Company has paid Special Interest directly to the Persons entitled to it, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate setting forth the details of such payment. 
  
 Section 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes 
  
 The Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.09 hereof, to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, other
than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and rights under a related Registration Rights Agreement, if any. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, any Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor shall be
treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including directions, waivers, amendments, consents, redemptions and Offers to Purchase. 
  
 With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a Board Resolution and an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall
be delivered to the Trustee, the following information: 
  
 (a)
the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 
  
 (b) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP and/or ISIN number of such Additional Notes; provided, however, that no Additional Notes may be
issued at a price that would cause such Additional Notes to have “original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code, other than a de minimis original issue discount within the meaning of Section 1273 of the
Code; and 
  
 (c) whether such Additional Notes shall be subject
to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.06 hereof relating to Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. 
  
 Section 2.16. Record Date. 
  
 The record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders of Notes entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent or permitted
under this Indenture shall be determined as provided for in TIA Section 316(c). 
  

 39 

 ARTICLE 3. 
  
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
  
 Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee. 
  
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall
furnish to the Trustee, at least 35 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (or such shorter period as allowed by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (a) the applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to
which the redemption shall occur, (b) the redemption date, (c) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (d) the redemption price. 
  
 Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. 
  
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes in
compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or in accordance with any other method the Trustee deems
fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the
outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. 
  
 The
Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in
amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not an integral multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as
provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 
  
 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 
  
 At least 30 days but not more than 60 days prior to a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by
first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address appearing in the Security Register. 
  
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 
  
 (a) the redemption date; 
  
 (b) the appropriate method for calculation of the redemption price, but need
not include the redemption price itself; the actual redemption price shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the redemption date unless clause (2) of the definition of
“Comparable Treasury Price” is applicable, in which case such Officers’ Certificate should be delivered on the redemption date; 
  
 (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon
surrender of such Note, if applicable, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 
  
 (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
  
 (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
  

 40 

 (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for
redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
  
 (g) the applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
  
 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness of the CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

  
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the
notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days (or such shorter period allowed by the Trustee), prior to the redemption date, an
Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice (in the name and at the expense of the Company) and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in this Section 3.03. 
  

	Section	3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

  
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption shall become irrevocably due and payable on the
redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 
  

	Section	3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 

  
 On or prior to 11:00 a.m. Eastern time on the Business Day prior to any redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying
Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and, if applicable, accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly, and in any event within two (2) Business Days after the
redemption date, return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed.

  
 If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding
paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for purchase or redemption in accordance with Section 2.08(d) hereof, whether or note such Notes are presented for payment. If a
Note is redeemed on or after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on
such Regular Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the
redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
  

	Section	3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 

  
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.02
hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
  

	Section	3.07. Optional Redemption. 

  
 (a) Except as set forth in clause (b) of this Section 3.07, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to April 1, 2009.
Beginning on April 1, 2009, the Company may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, at once or over time, after giving the notice required pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set
forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed, to but excluding the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest
Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on April 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

 41 

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2009
	  	104.188	%
	 2010
	  	102.792	%
	 2011
	  	101.396	%
	 2012 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) At any time and
from time to time prior to April 1, 2007, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal
amount) equal to 108.375% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant
Interest Payment Date) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided, however, that (i) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes initially issued under this Indenture (including
Additional Notes but excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after giving effect to such redemption and (ii) any such redemption shall be made within 90 days of such Equity Offering. 
  
 (c) Any prepayment pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to
the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  

	Section	3.08. Mandatory Redemption. 

  
 Except as set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.18 hereof, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect
to, or offer to purchase, the Notes. 
  

	Section	3.09. Offer To Purchase. 

  
 (a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence a Prepayment Offer or a Change of Control Offer
(each, an “Offer to Purchase”), it shall follow the procedures specified below. 
  
 (b) The Company shall cause a notice of the Offer to Purchase to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news
service in the United States. 
  
 (c) The Company shall commence
the Offer to Purchase by sending, by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register, a notice the terms of which shall govern the Offer to Purchase stating: 

 
 (i) that the Offer to Purchase is being made pursuant to
this Section 3.09 and Section 4.12 or Section 4.18, as the case may be, and, in the case of a Change of Control Offer, that a Change of Control has occurred, the circumstances and relevant facts regarding the Change of Control and that a Change of
Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 4.18; 
  
 (ii) the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.18, as the case may be (the “Offer Amount”), the purchase price set forth in Section 4.12 or Section 4.18, as
applicable (the “Purchase Price”), the Offer Period and the Purchase Date (each as defined below); 
  
 (iii) except as provided in clause (ix), that all Notes timely tendered and not withdrawn shall be accepted for payment; 
  
 (iv) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment
shall continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (v) that,
unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
  

 42 

 (vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase may
elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only; 
  
 (vii) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Offer to Purchase shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of
the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, the Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice before the close of business on the third Business Day before the Purchase
Date; 
  
 (viii) that Holders shall be entitled
to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the
principal amount of the Note (or portions thereof) the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
  
 (ix) that, in the case of a Prepayment Offer, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by
Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples
thereof shall be purchased); 
  
 (x) that Holders
whose Notes were purchased in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer); and 
  
 (xi) any other procedures the Holders must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for
payment and the procedures that Holders must follow in order to withdraw an election to tender Notes (or portions thereof) for payment. 
  
 (d) The Offer to Purchase shall remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days but no more than 60 days following its commencement, except to the
extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five (5) Business Days (and in any event no later than the 60th day following the Change of Control) after the termination of the
Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company shall purchase the Offer Amount or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to Purchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased
shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Offer to Purchase on the Purchase Date. 
  

(e) On or prior to the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful: 
  
 (i) accept for payment (on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary in connection with a Prepayment
Offer), the Offer Amount of Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered; 
  
 (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent funds in an amount equal
to the Purchase Price in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
  
 (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the
aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company and that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. 
  
 (f) The Paying Agent (or the Company, if acting as the Paying Agent) shall
promptly (but in the case of a Change of Control, not later than 60 days from the date of the Change of Control) deliver to each tendering Holder the Purchase Price. In the event that any portion of the Notes surrendered is not purchased by the
Company, the Company shall promptly execute and issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to such unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a 
  

 43 

 principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided, however, that each
such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. 
  
 (g) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Regular Record Date and on or
before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who
tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. 
  
 (h) The
Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the Offer
to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with Sections 4.12 or 4.18, as applicable, this Section 3.09 or other provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with applicable securities
laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Sections 4.12 or 4.18, as applicable, this Section 3.09 or such other provision by virtue of such compliance. 
  
 (i) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase
pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  
 ARTICLE 4. 
  
 COVENANTS 
  

	Section	4.01. Payment of Notes. 

  
 The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in this
Indenture and the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by
the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. Such Paying Agent shall return to the Company promptly, and in any event, no later than five (5) Business Days
following the date of payment, any money (including accrued interest) that exceeds such amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest paid on the Notes. The Company shall pay Special Interest, if any, in the same manner, on the dates and in the
amounts set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes and the Indenture. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest
shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
  
 The
Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it
shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.

  
 Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months. 
  

	Section	4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

  
 (a) The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office or drop facility of the
Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust 
  

 44 

 Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands. 
  
 (b) The Company may also from
time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the
Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
  
 (c) The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, as one such office, drop facility or agency of the Company in accordance with
Section 2.03 hereof. 
  

	Section	4.03. Reports. 

  
 Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall file with
the Commission and provide the Trustee and Holders of Notes with such annual reports and such information, documents and other reports as are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to such
Sections, such information, documents and reports to be so filed with the Commission and provided at the times specified for the filing of such information, documents and reports under such Sections; provided, however, that the Company
shall not be so obligated to file such information, documents and reports with the Commission if the Commission does not permit such filings. 
  

	Section	4.04. Compliance Certificate. 

  
 (a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the
activities of the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company, the Subsidiary
Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the
Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and are not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms,
provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take
with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes is prohibited or if such event
has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
  
 (b) The Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §314(a)(2). 
  

(c) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after an Officer of the Company becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, written notice in
the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any event that with the giving of notice and/or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

 

	Section	4.05. Taxes. 

  
 The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments and governmental levies,
except such as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders. 
  

 45 

	Section	4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

  
 The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or
take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do
so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the
execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
  

	Section	4.07. Corporate Existence. 

  
 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (a) its corporate
existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary
and (b) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate,
partnership or other existence of any Restricted Subsidiary, if the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and
that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes, or that such preservation is not necessary in connection with any transaction not prohibited by this Indenture. 
  

	Section	4.08. Payments for Consent. 

  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way
of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders that
consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
  

	Section	4.09. Incurrence of Additional Debt. 

  
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Debt unless, after giving effect to the
application of the proceeds thereof, no Default or Event of Default would occur as a consequence of such Incurrence or be continuing following such Incurrence and either: 
  
 (1) such Debt is Debt of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor and after giving effect to the Incurrence of
such Debt and the application of the proceeds thereof, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.00 to 1.00; or 
  
 (2) such Debt is Permitted Debt. 
  
 (b) The term “Permitted Debt” is defined to include the following: 
  
 (i) (1) Debt of the Company evidenced by the Notes and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Notes
and in exchange for any Additional Notes and (2) Debt of the Subsidiary Guarantors evidenced by Subsidiary Guarantees relating to the Notes and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Notes and in exchange for any Additional Notes;

  
 (ii) Debt of the Company or a Subsidiary
Guarantor under Credit Facilities; provided that the aggregate principal amount of all such Debt under Credit Facilities at any one time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of (i) $125.0 million, which amount shall be permanently reduced
by the amount of Net Available Cash used to permanently Repay Debt under Credit Facilities and not subsequently reinvested in Additional Assets or used to purchase Notes or Repay other Debt, pursuant to Section 4.12, and (ii) the sum 
  

 46 

 of (A) 70% of the book value of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) 70%
of the book value of the Company’s fleet of concrete mixer trucks and the accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case determined on a consolidated basis as of the most recently ended quarter of the Company
for which financial statements of the Company are available; 
  
 (iii) Debt of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Debt; provided that: 
  
 (A) the aggregate principal amount of such Debt does not exceed the Fair Market Value (on the date of the
Incurrence thereof) of the Property acquired, constructed or leased; and 
  
 (B) the aggregate principal amount of all Debt Incurred and then outstanding pursuant to this clause (iii) (together with all Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred and then outstanding in respect of Debt previously
Incurred pursuant to this clause (iii)) does not exceed 10% of the Company’s Consolidated Tangible Assets; 
  
 (iv) Debt of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary and Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the
Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any subsequent issue or transfer of Capital Stock or other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent
transfer of any such Debt (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such Debt by the issuer thereof; provided further, however, that such Debt must be expressly
subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all obligations with respect to the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case may be; 
  

(v) Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company or otherwise
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Debt Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Restricted
Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of the Company or was otherwise acquired by the Company); provided that at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company or otherwise becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and after giving effect to
the Incurrence of such Debt, the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to clause (a)(1) of this Section 4.09; 
  
 (vi) Debt under Interest Rate Agreements entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of limiting interest rate
risk in the ordinary course of the financial management of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes; provided that the obligations under such agreements are directly related to payment obligations on Debt
otherwise permitted by the terms of this Section 4.09; 
  
 (vii) Debt under Currency Exchange Protection Agreements entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of limiting currency exchange rate risks directly related to transactions entered into by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 
  
 (viii) Debt under Commodity Price Protection Agreements entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of
the financial management of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes; 
  
 (ix) Debt in connection with one or more standby letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, performance, appeal, completion, guarantee,
tender, bid and surety bonds and other similar instruments issued by or on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary 
  

 47 

 course of business or pursuant to workers’ compensation or self-insurance obligations and not in
connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit; 
  
 (x) Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the Issue Date not otherwise described in clauses (i) through (ix)
above; 
  
 (xi) Debt of the Company or a
Subsidiary Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed the greater of $15.0 million and 7.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets; 
  
 (xii) Debt of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor consisting of Guarantees of Debt of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor Incurred under any other clause of this Section 4.09; 
  
 (xiii) Debt of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient
funds in the ordinary course of business or in respect of netting services, overdraft protection and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts; provided, however, that such Debt is extinguished within five business days; and

  
 (xiv) Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred in
respect of Debt Incurred pursuant to clause (a) (1) of this Section 4.09 and clauses (i), (iii), (v) and (x) above. 
  
 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.09, accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and
the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Debt, will be deemed not to be an Incurrence of Debt for purposes of this Section 4.09. 
  
 (d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the categories
of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xiii) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to clause (a)(1) of this Section 4.09, the Company may, in its sole discretion, classify (or later reclassify in whole or in part, in its sole
discretion) such item of Debt in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. 
  
 (e) For the purposes of determining compliance with any dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Debt denominated in a foreign currency, the dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Debt Incurred pursuant
thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Debt was Incurred. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Debt that the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. 
  

	Section	4.10. Restricted Payments. 

  
 (a) The Company shall not make, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment if at the time of,
and after giving effect to, such proposed Restricted Payment, 
  
 (i) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
  
 (ii) the Company could not Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to clause (a)(1) of the first paragraph of Section 4.09; or

  
 (iii) the aggregate amount of such Restricted
Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made since the Issue Date (the amount of any Restricted Payment, if made other than in cash, to be based upon Fair Market Value at the time of such Restricted Payment) would exceed an amount
equal to the sum of: 
  
 (A) 50% of the aggregate
amount of Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the 
  

 48 

 first fiscal quarter after the Issue Date to the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter for
which financial statements are available (or if the aggregate amount of Consolidated Net Income for such period shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus 
  
 (B) 100% of the Capital Stock Sale Proceeds at that time; plus 
  
 (C) the sum at that time of: 
  
 (1) the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale after the Issue Date of convertible or exchangeable Debt that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; and 
  
 (2) the aggregate amount by which Debt (other than
Subordinated Obligations) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is reduced on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet on or after the Issue Date upon the conversion or exchange of any Debt issued or sold on or prior to the Issue Date
that is convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, excluding, 
  
 in the case of clause (1) or (2): 
  
 (x) any such Debt issued or sold to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by
the Company or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees; and 
  
 (y) the aggregate amount of any cash or other Property distributed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon any such conversion or exchange; plus 
  
 (D) an amount equal to the sum of: 
  
 (1) the net reduction, after the Issue Date, in Investments
in any Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of Property, in each case to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such Person; and 
  
 (2) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s direct
or indirect equity interest in such Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 provided, however, that the foregoing sum shall not exceed,
in the case of any Person, the amount of Investments previously made (and treated as a Restricted Payment) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person. 
  
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable may: 
  
 (i) pay dividends on its Capital Stock within 60 days of the
declaration thereof if, on the declaration date, such dividends could have been paid in compliance with this Indenture; provided, however, that such dividend shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

  
 (ii) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease,
acquire or retire for value its Capital Stock or Subordinated Obligations in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, 
  

 49 

 Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold
to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees); provided, however, that 
  
 (A) such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance,
acquisition or retirement shall be excluded from the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; and 
  
 (B) the Capital Stock Sale Proceeds from such exchange or sale shall be excluded from the calculation pursuant to clause (a)(iii)(B)
above; 
  
 (iii) purchase, repurchase, redeem,
legally defease, acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Obligations in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Permitted Refinancing Debt; provided, however, that such purchase, repurchase,
redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement shall be excluded from the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 
  
 (iv) purchase, repurchase, redeem, acquire or retire for value shares of, or options to purchase shares of, Capital Stock of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries from current or former officers, directors or employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees or beneficiaries of such current or former officers, directors or employees), pursuant to the
terms of agreements (including employment agreements) or plans (or amendments thereto) approved by the Board of Directors under which such individuals purchase or sell, or are granted the option to purchase or sell, shares of such Capital Stock;
provided, however, that: 
  
 (A)
the aggregate amount of such repurchases shall not exceed $1.0 million in any calendar year; and 
  
 (B) at the time of such repurchase, no other Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom);

  
 provided further, however, that such
repurchases shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; and 
  
 (v) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million. 
  
 Section 4.11. Liens. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, Incur or suffer to exist, any Lien (other than Permitted Liens or Liens securing Senior Debt or other obligations that are contractually senior in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees) upon any of its
Property (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom, unless: 
  
 (a) if such Lien secures Senior Subordinated Debt, the Notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee are secured on an equal
and ratable basis with such Debt; and 
  
 (b) if such Lien secures
Subordinated Obligations, such Lien shall be subordinated to a Lien securing the Notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, in the same Property as that securing such Lien to the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations
are subordinated to the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees. 
  
 Section
4.12. Asset Sales. 
  
 (a) The Company shall
not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Sale unless: 
  

 50 

 (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such
Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the Property subject to such Asset Sale; 
  
 (ii) at least 75% of the consideration paid to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Asset Sale is in the form
of cash or Cash Equivalents; and 
  
 (iii) the
Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such Asset Sale complies with the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii). 
  
 (b) Solely for the purposes of clause (a)(ii) above, the following will be deemed to be cash: 
  
 (i) the assumption by the purchaser of liabilities of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities or liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or to the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee) as a result of which the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are
no longer obligated with respect to such liabilities; and 
  
 (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such purchaser to the extent they are promptly converted or monetized by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received). 
  
 (c)
The Net Available Cash (or any portion thereof) from Asset Sales may be applied by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects (or is required by the terms of any Debt): 
  
 (i) (1) to repay outstandings (but not permanently reduce
the commitments) under the revolving credit facility portion of the New Credit Facility as required by the terms of the New Credit Facility or (2) to Repay Senior Debt of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary
that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor (excluding, in any such case, any Debt owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company); 
  
 (ii) to reinvest in Additional Assets (including by means of an Investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with Net
Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary); or 
  
 (iii) to make any capital expenditure. 
  
 (d) Pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 

 
 (e) Any Net Available Cash from an Asset Sale not applied in accordance
with clauses (c) or (d) of this Section 4.12 within 360 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Available Cash or that is not segregated from the general funds of the Company for investment in identified Additional Assets in respect of a
project that shall have been commenced, and for which binding contractual commitments have been entered into, prior to the end of such 360-day period and that shall not have been completed or abandoned shall constitute “Excess Proceeds;”
provided, however, that the amount of any Net Available Cash that ceases to be so segregated as contemplated above and any Net Available Cash that is segregated in respect of a project that is abandoned or completed shall also constitute
“Excess Proceeds” at the time any such Net Available Cash ceases to be so segregated or at the time the relevant project is so abandoned or completed, as applicable; provided further, however, that the amount of any Net Available
Cash that continues to be segregated for investment in identified Additional Assets and that is not actually so invested within 24 months from the end of such 360-day period shall also constitute “Excess Proceeds.” 
  
 When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million (taking
into account income earned on such Excess Proceeds, if any), the Company will be required to make an offer to repurchase (the “Prepayment Offer”) the Notes within five Business Days after being obligated to do so, which offer
shall be in the 
  

 51 

 amount of the Allocable Excess Proceeds (rounded to the nearest $1,000), on a pro rata basis according to principal
amount, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Special Interest, if any, to the repurchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in Section 3.09. To the extent that any portion of the amount of Net Available Cash remains after
compliance with the preceding sentence and provided that all Holders of Notes have been given the opportunity to tender their Notes for repurchase in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may
use such remaining amount for any purpose permitted by this Indenture, and the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero. 
  
 The term “Allocable Excess Proceeds” shall mean the product of: 
  
 (a) the Excess Proceeds; and 
  
 (b) a fraction, 
  
 (1) the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount
of the Notes outstanding on the date of the Prepayment Offer; and 
  
 (2) the denominator of which is the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the date of the Prepayment Offer and the aggregate principal amount of other Debt of the Company outstanding on the
date of the Prepayment Offer that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes and subject to terms and conditions in respect of Asset Sales similar in all material respects to this Section 4.12 and requiring the Company to make an offer
to repurchase such Debt at substantially the same time as the Prepayment Offer. 
  
 (f) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to
this Section 4.12. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.12, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have
breached its obligations under this Section 4.12 by virtue thereof. 
  
 Section
4.13. Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist any consensual restriction on the right of any Restricted Subsidiary
to: 
  
 (i) pay dividends, in cash or otherwise,
or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock, or pay any Debt or other obligation owed, to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (ii) make any loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or 
  
 (iii) transfer any of its Property to the Company or any
other Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 (b) The foregoing limitations
will not apply: 
  
 (i) with respect to clauses
(a)(i), (ii) and (iii), to restrictions: 
  
 (A)
in effect on the Issue Date (including, without limitation, restrictions pursuant to the Notes, this Indenture and the New Credit Facility); 
  
 (B) relating to Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary and existing at the time it became a Restricted Subsidiary if such restriction was not
created in connection with or in anticipation of the transaction or series of transactions 
  

 52 

 pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the
Company; 
  
 (C) that result from the Refinancing
of Debt Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (b)(i)(A) or (B) above or in clause (b)(ii)(A) or (B) below; provided that such restrictions are not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Holders than those under
the agreement evidencing the Debt so Refinanced; 
  
 (D) existing under or by reason of applicable law or governmental regulation; and 
  
 (E) that constitute customary restrictions contained in joint venture agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and in
good faith and not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; and 
  
 (ii) with respect to clause (a)(iii) only, to restrictions: 
  
 (A) relating to Debt that is permitted to be Incurred and secured without also securing the Notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee
pursuant to Section 4.09 and Section 4.11 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the Property securing such Debt; 
  
 (B) encumbering Property at the time such Property was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such restrictions
relate solely to the Property so acquired and were not created in connection with or in anticipation of such acquisition; 
  
 (C) resulting from customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of leases or customary provisions in other agreements that
restrict assignment of such agreements or rights thereunder; 
  
 (D) customary restrictions contained in asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements and similar agreements limiting the transfer of such Property pending the closing of such sale; and

  
 (E) on cash or other deposits or net worth
imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business. 
  
 Section 4.14. Affiliate Transactions. 
  
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of transactions (including the purchase, sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or exchange of
any Property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 
  
 (i) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are set forth in writing and no less favorable to the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; 
  
 (ii) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate payments or value in excess of $2.0 million, the Board
of Directors (including, in either case, at least a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors) approves such Affiliate Transaction; and 
  

 53 

 (iii) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate payments or value in excess of
$15.0 million, the Company obtains a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the consideration to be paid or received in connection with such Affiliate Transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 (b) Notwithstanding
the foregoing limitation, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into or suffer to exist the following: 
  
 (i) any transaction or series of transactions between the Company and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or between two or more
Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that no more than 5% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of any such Restricted Subsidiary is owned by an Affiliate of the Company (other than a Restricted Subsidiary);

  
 (ii) any Restricted Payment permitted to be
made pursuant to Section 4.10 or any Permitted Investment; 
  
 (iii) the payment of compensation (including amounts paid pursuant to employment agreements and employee benefit plans) for the personal services of officers, directors and employees of the Company or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries and the reimbursement of related expenses, so long as, in the case of compensation, the Board of Directors shall have approved the terms thereof and deemed the services theretofore or thereafter to be performed for such
compensation to be fair consideration therefor; 
  
 (iv) loans and advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practices of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided that such loans and advances do not exceed
$2.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding; 
  
 (v) transactions with customers, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case which are in the ordinary course of business and consistent with industry
practice and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, and which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, in the judgment of the Board of Directors and are on terms no less favorable to the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; 
  
 (vi) compliance with provisions contained in the charters and bylaws of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and any applicable corporate laws, in each case relating to indemnification, and director and officer indemnification agreements entered into in good faith and approved by the Board of Directors; 
  
 (vii) transactions pursuant to any contract or agreement in
effect on the Issue Date and described in the Offering Memorandum, as any such contract or agreement may be amended, modified or replaced (including successive replacements) from time to time, so long as the amended, modified or new contract or
agreement, taken as a whole, is no less favorable to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries than the contract or agreement being amended, modified or replaced, as in effect on the Issue Date; and 
  
 (viii) any sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Company to Affiliates of the Company. 
  
 Section 4.15.
Issuance or Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 The Company shall not: 
  
 (a)
sell, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than to secure Senior Debt permitted to be incurred under this Indenture); or 
  

 54 

 (b) permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, issue or sell or otherwise dispose of
any shares of its Capital Stock; 
  
 other than, in the case of
either (a) or (b): 
  
 (i) directors’
qualifying shares or Capital Stock required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (ii) to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; or 
  
 (iii) a disposition of outstanding shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary to another Person; provided, however, that, in the case of this clause (iii), such disposition is effected in compliance with Section 4.12 and, to the extent applicable, Section 4.10. 
  
 Section 4.16. Limitation on Layered Debt. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to,
Incur, directly or indirectly, any Debt that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt unless such Debt is Senior Subordinated Debt or is expressly subordinated in right of payment to Senior Subordinated Debt. In addition, no
Subsidiary Guarantor shall Guarantee, directly or indirectly, any Debt of the Company that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt unless such Guarantee is expressly subordinate in right of payment to, or ranks pari passu
with, the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor. 
  
 Section
4.17. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 (a) The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is permitted to make such Investment in such
Subsidiary and such Subsidiary: 
  
 (i) has no
Debt other than Non-Recourse Debt; provided, however, that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may loan, advance, extend credit to, or Guarantee the Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at any time at or after such Subsidiary is
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.10; 
  
 (ii) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less
favorable, taken as a whole, to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 
  
 (iii) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct
or indirect obligation (1) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock or (2) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and 
  
 (iv) has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly
provided credit support in the form of Debt for any Debt of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 (b) Unless so designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Company will be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that such Subsidiary shall not be designated a Restricted Subsidiary and shall be automatically classified as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if either of the requirements set forth in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of clause
(d) below will not be satisfied after giving pro forma effect to such classification or if such Person is a Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  

 55 

 (c) Except as provided in the first sentence of clause (b), no Restricted Subsidiary may be redesignated
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall at any time be directly or indirectly liable for any Debt that provides that the holder thereof may (with the passage of time or notice or both) declare a
default thereon or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any Debt, Lien or other obligation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any right to take
enforcement action against such Unrestricted Subsidiary). Upon designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Section 4.17, such Restricted Subsidiary shall, by execution and delivery of a supplemental
indenture in form satisfactory to the Trustee, be released from any Subsidiary Guarantee previously made by such Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 (d) The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such
designation, 
  
 (i) the Company could Incur at
least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to clause (a)(1) of Section 4.09; and 
  
 (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom. 
  
 Any such designation or redesignation by the Board of Directors will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a Board Resolution giving
effect to such designation or redesignation and an Officers’ Certificate that: 
  
 (a) certifies that such designation or redesignation complies with the foregoing provisions, and 
  
 (b) gives the effective date of such designation or redesignation; 
  
 such filing with the Trustee to occur within 45 days after the end of the fiscal quarter of the Company in which such designation or
redesignation is made (or, in the case of a designation or redesignation made during the last fiscal quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, within 90 days after the end of such fiscal year). 
  
 Section 4.18. Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of
Control 
  
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control, the Company shall, within 30 days of a Change of Control, make an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 3.09. Each Holder shall have the right to accept such offer and
require the Company to repurchase all or any portion (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer at a purchase price, in cash (the “Change of Control
Amount”), equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased, to the Purchase Date. 
  
 (b) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the
Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.

  
 Section 4.19. Future Subsidiary Guarantors. 

 
 The Company shall cause each Person that becomes a Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary following the Issue Date and that Guarantees other Debt of the Company to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Subsidiary Guarantee. In addition, the Company will cause any non-guarantor Domestic or Foreign Restricted Subsidiary (whether
in existence on the Issue Date or created or acquired thereafter), which has Guaranteed or which Guarantees any other Debt of the Company or any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to
which such non-guarantor Restricted Subsidiary will Guarantee payment of the Company’s obligations under the Notes on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Guarantee of such other Debt of the Company or any Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary given by such non-guarantor Restricted 
  

 56 

 Subsidiary; provided that if such other Debt is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the
Notes, any such Guarantee of such non-guarantor Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such other Debt will be subordinated in right of payment to such non-guarantor Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to
the same extent as such other Debt is subordinated to the Notes; provided further, however, that any such Guarantee will provide by its terms that it will be automatically and unconditionally released upon the release or
discharge of such Guarantee of payment of such other Debt (except a discharge by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee). 
  
 ARTICLE 5. 
  
 SUCCESSORS 
  
 Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets 
  
 (a) The Company shall not merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into any other Person (other than a merger of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary into the Company) or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its Property in any one transaction or series of related transactions unless: 
  
 (i) the Company shall be the Surviving Person in such merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or the Surviving Person (if other than the
Company) formed by such merger, consolidation or amalgamation or to which such sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or disposition is made shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State
thereof or the District of Columbia; provided, however, that if such Person is not a corporation, a corporate Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person shall become a co-issuer of the Notes in connection therewith; 

 
 (ii) the Surviving Person (if other than the Company)
expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee by such Surviving Person, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, all
the Notes, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company; 
  
 (iii) in the case of a sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or
substantially all the Property of the Company, such Property shall have been transferred as an entirety or virtually as an entirety to one Person; 
  
 (iv) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating, for purposes
of this clause (iv) and clause (v) below, any Debt that becomes, or is anticipated to become, an obligation of the Surviving Person or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction or series of transactions as having been Incurred by the
Surviving Person or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction or series of related transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
  
 (v) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma
basis, the Company or the Surviving Person, as the case may be, would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt under clause (a)(1) of Section 4.09; and 
  
 (vi) the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transaction or series of transactions and the supplemental indenture, if any, in respect thereto comply with this Section 5.01(a) and that
all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction or series of transactions have been satisfied. 
  
 The foregoing provisions (other than clause (iv)) shall not apply to any transaction or series of transactions which constitute an Asset Sale if the
Company has complied with Section 4.12. 
  

 57 

 (b) The Company shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or
into any other Person (other than a merger of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary into the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor or a merger of such Subsidiary Guarantor with or into the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor) or sell, transfer,
assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its Property in any one transaction or series of related transactions (other than a sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition between or among the
Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor) unless: 
  
 (i) the Surviving Person (if not such Subsidiary Guarantor) formed by such merger, consolidation or amalgamation or to which such sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or disposition is made shall be a Person organized and existing
under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia; 
  
 (ii) the Surviving Person (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee by such Surviving Person, the due and punctual performance and observance of all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee; 
  
 (iii) in the case of a sale, transfer, assignment, lease,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all the Property of such Subsidiary Guarantor, such Property shall have been transferred as an entirety or virtually as an entirety to one Person; 
  
 (iv) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or
series of transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating, for purposes of this clause (iv) and clause (v) below, any Debt that becomes, or is anticipated to become, an obligation of the Surviving Person, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as
a result of such transaction or series of transactions as having been Incurred by the Surviving Person, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction or series of transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing; 
  
 (v) immediately
after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis, the Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt under clause (a)(1) of Section 4.09; and 
  
 (vi) the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to
the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transaction or series of transactions and such Subsidiary Guarantee, if any, in respect
thereto comply with this Section 5.01(b) and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction or series of transactions have been satisfied. 
  
 The foregoing provisions (other than clause (iv)) shall not apply to any transaction or series of transactions which constitute an Asset
Sale if the Company has complied with Section 4.12. 
  
 Section
5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted. 
  
 The
Surviving Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture; provided, however, that the predecessor entity shall not
be released from any of the obligations or covenants under this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, including with respect to the payment of the Notes and obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, in the case of:

  
 (a) a sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other
disposition (unless such sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition is of the assets of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety); or 
  
 (b) a lease. 
  

 58 

 ARTICLE 6. 
  
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  

Section 6.01. Events of Default. 
  
 Each of the following constitutes an “Event of Default” with respect to the Notes: 
  
 (a) failure to make the payment of any interest on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable, and such failure
continues for a period of 30 days; 
  
 (b) failure to make the
payment of any principal of, or premium, if any, on, any of the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, optional redemption, required repurchase or otherwise; 
  
 (c) failure to comply with Section 5.01; 
  
 (d) failure to comply with any other covenant or agreement in the Notes or
in this Indenture (other than a failure that is the subject of the foregoing clause (a), (b) or (c)), and such failure continues for 60 days after written notice is given to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding specifying such default, demanding that it be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default”; 
  
 (e) a default under any Debt by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that results in acceleration of the maturity of
such Debt, or failure to pay any such Debt at maturity, in an aggregate amount greater than $10.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent at the time; 
  
 (f) any final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent at the
time) (net of any amounts, subject to customary deductibles, that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company shall have not denied coverage under applicable policies) that shall be rendered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and
that shall not be waived, satisfied, discharged or bonded for any period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement shall not be in effect; 
  
 (g) any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance
with the terms of such Subsidiary Guarantee) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; 
  
 (h) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
  
 (A) commences a voluntary case or gives notice of intention
to make a proposal under any Bankruptcy Law; 
  
 (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or consents to its dissolution or winding up; 
  
 (C) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, trustee or custodian of it or for all
or substantially all of its property; 
  
 (D)
makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or 
  
 (E) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due or otherwise admits its insolvency; and 
  

 59 

 (i) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

  
 (A) is for relief against the Company or any
of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case; or 
  
 (B) appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, trustee or custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or
any of its Significant Subsidiaries; or 
  
 (C)
orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; 
  
 and such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 
  
 Section 6.02. Acceleration. 
  
 If any Event of Default (other than that described in Section 6.01(h) or (i)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, and the Trustee upon the request
of Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may, declare the principal of all the Notes, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, premium, if
any, to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a notice of acceleration (the “Acceleration Notice”), and the same shall become
immediately due and payable. 
  
 In the case of an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or (i), all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without any further declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders. 
  
 Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in
this Indenture. 
  
 Section 6.03. Other Remedies.

  
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the
Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or
acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies shall be cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
  
 Section 6.04. Waiver of Defaults. 
  
 (a) The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive any existing Default or Event of
Default, and its consequences, except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be
modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment. Upon any waiver of a Default or Event of Default, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be
deemed cured for every purpose of this Indenture but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
  

 60 

 Section 6.05. Control by Majority. 
  
 Subject to Section 7.01, Section 7.02(f) (including the Trustee’s
receipt of the security or indemnification described therein) and Section 7.07 hereof, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have the
right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with applicable law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the
Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion from
Holders directing the Trustee against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
  
 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 
  
 Subject to Section 6.07, no Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy thereunder, unless: 
  
 (a) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a
continuing Event of Default or the Trustee receives the notice from the Company, 
  
 (b) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have made written request and offered reasonable indemnity to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as trustee, 
  
 (c) the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days. 
  
 The preceding limitations shall not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder for enforcement of payment of principal of, and
premium, if any, or interest on, a Note on or after the respective due dates for such payments set forth in such Note. 
  
 A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another
Holder. 
  
 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive
Payment. 
  
 Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Indenture (including Section 6.06), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes (including in connection
with an Offer to Purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
  
 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. 
  
 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (i) or (ii) occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest then due and owing (together with interest on
overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest) and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
agents and counsel. 
  

 61 

 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
  
 The Trustee shall be authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers
or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in
any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any
such claims and any bankruptcy custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the
Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the
payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any
reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, moneys, securities and any other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or
under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment
or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
  
 Section 6.10. Priorities. 
  
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

 
 First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due
under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
  
 Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably,
without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and 
  
 Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
  
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders
pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
  

	Section	6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 

  
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a
Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees,
against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 shall not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Company, a suit by a Holder
pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
  

 62 

 ARTICLE 7. 
  
 TRUSTEE 
  
 Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee 
  
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and
use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
  
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
  
 (1) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the
Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
  
 (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall
examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 
  
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
  
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 
  
 (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
  
 (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
  
 (d) Whether or
not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. The permissive right of the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action
enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty. 
  
 (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of
any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in
trust by the Trustee need not be segregate from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 
  
 Subject to TIA Section 315: 
  
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document. 
  

 63 

 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an
Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of
such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
  
 (c) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take
in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture, including action it takes or omits to take at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of
Notes as to the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee or the exercising of any power conferred by the Indenture. Under no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable in its individual capacity for
the obligations evidenced by the Notes. 
  
 (d) Unless otherwise
specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board
Resolution. 
  
 (e) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice
of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee from the Company or the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and such notice references the specific Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.

  
 (f) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or
surety in respect of the performance of its power and duties hereunder. 
  
 (g) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company’s covenants herein. 
  
 (h) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and
the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder. 
  
 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 
  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of
the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as
Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee shall also be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
  
 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
  
 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be
accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other
than its certificate of authentication. 
  
 In accepting the trust
hereby created, the Trustee acts solely as Trustee for the holders of the Notes and not in its individual capacity and all persons, including the Holders and the Company, having any claim against the Trustee arising from this Indenture shall look
only to the funds and accounts held by the Trustee hereunder for payment except as otherwise provided herein. 
  

 64 

 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 
  
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known
to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note,
the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders. 
  
 Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. 
  
 Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes
remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA §313(a) (but if no event described in TIA §313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting
date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA §313(c). 
  
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the Commission
and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA §313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and any delisting thereof. 
  
 Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 
  
 The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable
compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request
for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and
counsel. 
  
 The Company shall indemnify the Trustee (in its
capacity as Trustee) or any predecessor Trustee (in its capacity as Trustee) against any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, fines, liabilities or expenses, including incidental and out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys fees (for
purposes of this Article, “losses”) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against
the Company (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties
hereunder, except to the extent such losses may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not
relieve the Company of its obligations under this Section 7.07, to the extent the Company has been prejudiced thereby. The Company shall defend the claim, and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel if the
Trustee has been reasonably advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to the Company and in the reasonable judgment of such counsel it is advisable for
the Trustee to engage separate counsel, and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company
need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith. 
  
 The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the
resignation or removal of the Trustee and payment in full of the Notes through the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. 
  
 To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or
collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal, 
  

 65 

 premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture. 
  
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders
services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or (i) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 Section 7.08.
Replacement of Trustee. 
  
 A resignation
or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
  
 The Trustee may resign in writing at any time upon 30 days’ prior notice to the Company and be discharged from the
trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee
if: 
  
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

  
 (b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order
for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
  
 (c) a banktruptcy custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
  
 (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
  
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as
the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to
replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 
  
 If a
successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any
court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal
of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 A
successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the
rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. Subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof, the retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property
held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided, however, that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder shall have been paid. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s
obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  
 In the case of an appointment hereunder of a separate or successor Trustee with respect to the Notes, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, any retiring Trustee and each successor or separate Trustee with respect to
the Notes shall execute and deliver an Indenture supplemental hereto (1) which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of any retiring Trustee with respect to
the Notes as to which any such retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in such retiring Trustee and (2) that shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be 
  

 66 

 necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being
understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustee co-trustees of the same trust and that each such separate, retiring or successor Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and
apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any such other Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 
  
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or banking association, the successor corporation or banking
association without any further act shall, if such successor corporation or banking association is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 
  
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any
state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million (or a
wholly-owned subsidiary of a bank or trust company, or of a bank holding company, the principal subsidiary of which is a bank or trust company having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million) as set forth in its most recent published
annual report of condition. 
  
 This Indenture shall always have a
Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to and shall comply with TIA §310(b). 
  
 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 
  
 The Trustee is subject to TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b). A Trustee who
has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
  
 ARTICLE 8. 
  
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
  
 Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with
the conditions set forth in this Article 8. 
  
 Section 8.02. Legal
Defeasance. 
  
 Upon the Company’s exercise under
Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on
the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”) and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from all of its obligations under its Guarantee. For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means
that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this
Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the
same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
  
 (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04, and as more fully set forth in such
Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes when such payments are due, 
  

 67 

 (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Sections 4.01 and 4.02,

  
 (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the
Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith and 
  
 (d) this Article 8. 
  
 If the
Company exercises under Section 8.01 the option applicable to this Section 8.02, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. Subject to
compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03. 
  

Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.08 through 4.16, 4.18 and 4.19 hereof, and the operation of Sections 5.01(a)(v) and (b)(v), with respect to the outstanding
Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”) and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from all of its obligations under its Guarantee with
respect to such covenants in connection with such outstanding Notes and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any
thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose,
Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by
reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default
under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of
the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (d) of Section 6.01 (with respect to the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.08 through 4.16, 4.18 and 4.19
hereof), (e), (f), (g), (h) and (i) (but in the case of (h) and (i) of Section 6.01, with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only) or because of the Company’s failure to comply with clauses (a)(v) and (b)(v) of Section 5.01. 
  
 Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section
8.02 or 8.03 to the outstanding Notes. 
  
 The Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance may be exercised only if: 
  
 (a) the Company
irrevocably deposits with the Trustee, in trust (the “defeasance trust”), for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and
non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated
Maturity or on the next redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company shall specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to such particular redemption date; 
  
 (b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to
the Trustee confirming that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (ii) subsequent to the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either
case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall 
  

 68 

 confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall deliver to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (d) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of deposit and after giving effect thereto; 
  
 (e) no Event of Default under Section 6.01(h) or (i) shall have occurred at
any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the cash and/or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations have
been deposited in the defeasance trust; 
  
 (f) such Legal
Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound; 
  
 (g) the
Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940; and 
  
 (h) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
  
 Section 8.05. Deposited Cash and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
  
 Subject to Section 8.06, all cash and non-callable U.S. Government
Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall
be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine,
to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other
charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law
is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in
Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the certification delivered under Section 8.04(a)), are in
excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  

 69 

 Section 8.06. Repayment to Company. 
  
 The Trustee shall promptly, and in any event, no later than five (5) Business Days, pay to the Company after request
therefor, any excess money held with respect to the Notes at such time in excess of amounts required to pay any of the Company’s Obligations then owing with respect to the Notes. 
  
 Any cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the
Company, in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for one year after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its
request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect
to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the
Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such cash and securities remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30
days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining shall be repaid to the Company. 
  
 Section 8.07. Reinstatement. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the
case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and
reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash and securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided,
however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from
the cash and securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  
 ARTICLE 9. 
  
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT
AND WAIVER 
  
 Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of
Notes. 
  
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture,
the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee without the consent of any Holder to: 
  
 (a) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; 
  
 (b) provide for the assumption by a Surviving Person of the obligations of the Company or of a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes and,
if applicable, the Subsidiary Guarantee; 
  
 (c) provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are
described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code); 
  
 (d) add
additional Guarantees or additional obligors with respect to the Notes or release, terminate or discharge Subsidiary Guarantors from Subsidiary Guarantees as permitted by the terms of this Indenture; 
  
 (e) secure the Notes; 
  

 70 

 (f) add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power
conferred upon the Company; 
  
 (g) make any other change that
does not adversely affect the rights hereunder of any such Holder; 
  
 (h) make any change to the subordination provisions of this Indenture that would limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior Debt under such provisions; 
  
 (i) to comply with any requirement in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
  
 (j) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this
Indenture; or 
  
 (k) to evidence and provide for the acceptance
of an appointment by a successor trustee. 
  
 No amendment may be
made to the subordination provisions of this Indenture that adversely affects the rights of any holder of Senior Debt then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Debt (or their Representative) consent to such change. 
  
 Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
  
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee
may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a
single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, may waive any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision
of this Indenture or the Notes. 
  
 Without the consent of each
Holder, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
  
 (a) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver; 
  
 (b) reduce the rate of, or extend the time for payment of, interest, if any, on, any Note; 
  
 (c) reduce the principal of, or extend the Stated Maturity of, any Note;

  
 (d) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in
the Note; 
  
 (e) impair the right of any Holder to receive
payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on, such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes or any Subsidiary
Guarantee; 
  
 (f) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption
of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed, as described under Section 3.07; 
  
 (g) reduce the premium payable upon a Change of Control or, at any time after a Change of Control has occurred, change the time at which the Change of
Control Offer relating thereto must be made or at which the Notes must be repurchased pursuant to such Change of Control Offer; 
  
 (h) at any time after the Company is obligated to make a Prepayment Offer with the Excess Proceeds from Asset Sales, change the time at which such
Prepayment Offer must be made or at which the Notes must be repurchased pursuant thereto; 
  

 71 

 (i) make any change to the subordination provisions of this Indenture that would adversely affect the
Holders of the Notes; or 
  
 (j) make any change in any Subsidiary
Guarantee that would adversely affect the Holders (other than releases effected in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as of the Issue Date). 
  
 The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any supplemental
indenture. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record
date; provided that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 120 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically
and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect. 
  
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance
thereof. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this
Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to each Holder affected thereby to such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to
mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. 
  

Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then
in effect. 
  
 Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of
Consents. 
  
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver
becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion thereof that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not
made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion thereof if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An
amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter shall bind every Holder. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it is of the type described in any of clauses (a) through
(j) of Section 9.02 hereof. In such case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note. 
  
 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
  
 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement
or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver. 
  
 Failure to make the appropriate notation
or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  

 72 

 Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
  
 The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized
pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor may sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until
its board of directors (or committee serving a similar function) approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon
an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amended or supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Company enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and that such amended or supplemental indenture complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). 
  
 ARTICLE 10. 
  
 GUARANTEES 
  
 Section 10.01. Guarantee. 
  
 Subject to this Article 10, the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby unconditionally
guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns: (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, subject to any
applicable grace period, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal of and premium, if any, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and
punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement or any other agreement with or for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee, all in accordance with
the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension
or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02, redemption or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be
jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
  
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations with regard to its Guarantee shall be joint and several,
unconditional, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of the Notes or the obligations of the Company under this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any other obligor
with respect to this Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Company under this Indenture or the Notes, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or
equitable discharge or defense of a Subsidiary Guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law, waives and relinquishes all claims, rights and remedies accorded by applicable law to guarantors and agrees not to assert or
take advantage of any such claims, rights or remedies, including but not limited to: (a) any right to require any of the Trustee, the Holders or the Company (each a “Benefited Party”), as a condition of payment or performance
by such Subsidiary Guarantor, to (1) proceed against the Company, any other guarantor (including any other Subsidiary Guarantor) of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees or any other Person, (2) proceed against or exhaust any security held
from the Company, any such other guarantor or any other Person, (3) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Benefited Party in favor of the Company or any other Person, or (4) pursue any
other remedy in the power of any Benefited Party whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Company including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of
validity or the unenforceability of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Company from any cause other than payment in full of the
Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees; (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d)
any defense based upon any Benefited Party’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees, except behavior which amounts 
  

 73 

 to bad faith; (e)(1) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with
the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantees and any legal or equitable discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (2) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Subsidiary Guarantor’s liability hereunder or
the enforcement hereof, (3) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims and (4) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Benefited Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject
thereto; (f) notices, demands, presentations, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of the Subsidiary Guarantees, notices of Default under the Notes or any agreement or
instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees or any agreement related thereto, and notices of any extension of credit to the Company and any right to consent to any
thereof; (g) to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of any “One Action” rule and (h) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties,
or which may conflict with the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantees. Except to the extent expressly provided herein, including Sections 8.02, 8.03 and 10.05, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby covenants that its Guarantee shall not be discharged except
by complete performance of the obligations contained in its Guarantee and this Indenture. 
  
 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the
Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
  
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right
of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one
hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Section 6.02 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Section 6.02 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and
payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Subsidiary Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Subsidiary Guarantor so long as the exercise of
such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee. The other Subsidiary Guarantors’ shares of such contribution payment will be computed based on the proportion that the net worth of the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor
represents relative to the aggregate net worth of all of the Subsidiary Guarantors combined. 
  
 Section 10.02. Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability. 
  
 (a) Each Subsidiary Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the
guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent
applicable to any guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that each Subsidiary Guarantor’s liability shall be that amount from time to time equal to the
aggregate liability of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the guarantee, but shall be limited to the lesser of (x) the aggregate amount of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture or (y) the amount, if any, which would not have
(1) rendered the Subsidiary Guarantor “insolvent” (as such term is defined in Bankruptcy Law and in the Debtor and Creditor Law of the State of New York) or (2) left it with unreasonably small capital at the time its guarantee with respect
to the Notes was entered into, after giving effect to the incurrence of existing Debt immediately before such time; provided, however, it shall be a presumption in any lawsuit or proceeding in which a Subsidiary Guarantor is a party
that the amount guaranteed pursuant to the guarantee with respect to the Notes is the amount described in clause (x) above unless any creditor, or representative of creditors of the Subsidiary Guarantor, or debtor in possession or Trustee in
bankruptcy of the Subsidiary Guarantor, otherwise proves in a lawsuit that the aggregate liability of the Subsidiary Guarantor is limited to the amount described in clause (y). 
  
 (b) In making any determination as to the solvency or sufficiency of capital of a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with
this Section 10.02, the right of each Subsidiary Guarantor to contribution from other Subsidiary 
  

 74 

 Guarantors and any other rights such Subsidiary Guarantor may have, contractual or otherwise, shall be taken into
account. 
  
 Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of
Guarantee. 
  
 To evidence its Guarantee set forth in
Section 10.01, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee in substantially the form included in Exhibit E attached hereto shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Subsidiary Guarantor on each Note authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Subsidiary Guarantor by its President or one of its Vice Presidents. 
  
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to
endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee. 
  
 If an
Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Guarantee is endorsed, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 
  
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof
hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors. 
  
 The Company hereby agrees that it shall cause each Person that becomes obligated to provide a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.19 to execute a supplemental
indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, pursuant to which such Person provides the guarantee set forth in this Article 10 and otherwise assumes the obligations and accepts the rights of a Subsidiary Guarantor under
this Indenture, in each case with the same effect and to the same extent as if such Person had been named herein as a Subsidiary Guarantor. The Company also hereby agrees to cause each such new Subsidiary Guarantor to evidence its guarantee by
endorsing a notation of such guarantee on each Note as provided in this Section 10.03. 
  
 Section 10.04. Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 
  
 Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05, no Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary
Guarantor is the Surviving Person) another Person whether or not affiliated with such Subsidiary Guarantor unless: 
  
 (a) subject to Section 10.05, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company)
unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under this Indenture, the Guarantee and any Registration Rights Agreements
on the terms set forth herein or therein; and 
  
 (b) the
Subsidiary Guarantor complies with the requirements of Article 5 hereof. 
  
 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee,
of the Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Subsidiary Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the
Subsidiary Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Subsidiary Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable
hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees
theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
  
 Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture
or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Subsidiary 
  

 75 

 Guarantor with or into the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the
property of a Subsidiary Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor. 
  
 Section 10.05. Releases Following Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets, Etc.. 
  
 In the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor, by way of
merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) a Subsidiary of the Company,
then such Subsidiary Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Guarantee; provided that the net proceeds of such sale or other disposition shall be applied
in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.12. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.17, such Subsidiary
shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by
the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.12, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations
under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 Any Subsidiary Guarantor not
released from its obligations under its Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

  
 ARTICLE 11. 
  
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
  

	Section	11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge. 

  
 This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect, except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the
Notes, as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 
  
 (a) either:

  
 (i) all Notes that have been previously
authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has previously been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and is thereafter repaid to
the Company or discharged from the trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
  
 (ii) (i) all Notes that have not been previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, have become due and payable by their terms
within one year or have been called for redemption, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S.
Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Debt on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation or redemption for principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit, in the case of Notes that have become due and payable, or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be. 
  
 (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on
the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a 
  

 76 

 default under, any other material instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound; 
  
 (c) the Company
has paid all other sums payable by the Company with respect to the Notes under this Indenture; and 
  
 (d) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at Stated Maturity or
on the redemption date. 
  
 In addition, the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been satisfied. 
  

	Section	11.02. Deposited Cash and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

  
 Subject to Section 11.03, all cash and non-callable U.S. Government
Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 11.02, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes
shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

  

	Section	11.03. Repayment to Company. 

  
 Any cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment
of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for one year after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the
Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such cash and securities,
and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published
once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such cash and securities remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such
notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining shall be repaid to the Company. 
  
 ARTICLE 12. 
  
 SUBORDINATION 
  

	Section	12.01. Agreement to Subordinate 

  
 The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, and all other amounts
payable in respect of, the Notes and payment under any Subsidiary Guarantee is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 12 and subject to the provisions of Article 8 hereof, to the payment when due
in cash of all Senior Debt of the Company and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Debt. The Notes shall in all respects rank pari passu with any existing and future Senior Subordinated Debt and
senior to all existing and future Subordinated Debt of the Company, and only Senior Debt shall rank senior to the Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article 12 shall be subject to Section 12.12. All
references to 
  

 77 

 “Senior Debt” in this Article 12 are to Senior Debt of the Company or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor, as the
case may be. 
  

	Section	12.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy 

  
 (a) Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor to creditors upon a liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Company or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor or its or their property or upon an assignment for the
benefit of the Company’s or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor’s creditors or the marshaling of its or their assets and liabilities, the holders of Senior Debt will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash before the Holders of the
Notes are entitled to receive any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including on, the Notes, except that Holders of Notes may receive and retain such payments made in Permitted Junior Securities and payments from the trust
described in Article 8 hereof. 
  
 (b) Until the Senior Debt is
paid in full in cash, any distribution to which Holders of the Notes would be entitled but for this Article 12 will be made to holders of the Senior Debt as their interests may appear (except that Holders of Notes may receive and retain payments
made in Permitted Junior Securities and payments and other distributions made from the trust described in Article 8 hereof; provided that (i) no Holder of the Notes shall have the right to receive and retain any such Permitted Junior Securities if
the existence of such right would have the effect of causing the Notes to be treated in the same class of claims as the Senior Debt of the Company or any class of claims which is pari passu with such Senior Debt and (ii) holders of Senior Debt shall
be entitled to receive any cash payments made to any Holder of Notes on the account of Permitted Junior Securities until all Obligations in respect of Senior Debt have been paid in full in cash). 
  

	Section	12.03. Default on Senior Debt 

  
 The Company may not pay (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust described in Article 8 hereof) principal of, or premium, if any, or
interest on, the Notes, or make any deposit in respect of the Notes pursuant to Section 8.04, and may not repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, “pay the Notes”) if (a) any principal, premium,
interest or any other amount payable in respect of any Senior Debt is not paid within any applicable grace period (including at maturity) or (b) any other default on Senior Debt occurs and the maturity of such Senior Debt is accelerated in
accordance with its terms unless, in either case, (1) the default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or (2) such Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash; provided, however, that the Company may pay the Notes
without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of the holders of such Senior Debt or, if there is no Representative, from the holders of such Senior Debt.

  
 During the continuance of any default (other than a default
described in clause (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence) with respect to any Designated Senior Debt pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except any notice required to effect the acceleration)
or the expiration of any applicable grace period, the Company may not pay the Notes for a period (a “Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Company and the Trustee of written notice of such default from
the Representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Debt or, if there is no Representative, from the holders of such Designated Senior Debt, specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period (a “Payment Blockage
Notice”) and ending 179 days thereafter (unless such Payment Blockage Period is earlier terminated by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Debt or, if there is no
Representative, from the holders of such Designated Senior Debt that gave such Payment Blockage Notice (a) because such default is no longer continuing or (b) because such Designated Senior Debt has been repaid in full in cash). Not more than one
Payment Blockage Notice with respect to all issues of Designated Senior Debt may be given in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to one or more issues of Designated Senior Debt during such period. No
non-payment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice. Following the expiration of any Payment Blockage Period, the
Company shall (unless otherwise prohibited as described in the first sentence of this paragraph) resume making any and all required payments in 
  

 78 

 respect of the Notes, including, without limitation, any missed payments, unless the maturity of any Designated Senior
Debt has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded. 
  
 If any Payment Blockage Notice is delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of the holders of Designated Senior Debt (other than the holders of Debt under the New Credit Facility), a Representative of holders of Debt
under the New Credit Facility may still give another Payment Blockage Notice within the same period. 
  
 The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any default in the payment of any Senior Debt or any acceleration under any Senior Debt or
under any agreement pursuant to which Senior Debt may have been issued. Failure to give such notice shall not effect the subordination of the Notes to the Senior Debt or the application of the other provisions provided in this Article 12.

  

	Section	12.04. Acceleration of Payment of Securities. 

  
 If payment of the Notes is accelerated when Designated Senior Debt is outstanding, the Company may not pay the Notes until
three Business Days after the Representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Debt or, if there is no Representative, the holders of such Designated Senior Debt receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the Notes only if
this Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time. 
  

	Section	12.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. 

  

If a payment or distribution is made to Holders that because of this Article 12 should not have been made to them, the Trustee or the Holders who
receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of Senior Debt (pro rata as to each of such holders of Senior Debt on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Debt paid to them) and pay it over to them or their Representative as
their interests may appear. 
  

	Section	12.06. Subrogation 

  
 After all Senior Debt is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with all other Debt that is
pari passu with the Notes) to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt to the extent that distributions otherwise payable to the Holders have been applied to the payment of Senior Debt. A distribution
made under this Article 12 to holders of Senior Debt that otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the Company and Holders, a payment by the Company on such Senior Debt. 
  

	Section	12.07. Relative Rights 

  
 This Article 12 defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Debt. Nothing in this Indenture shall: 
  
 (a) impair, as between the Company and Holders, the obligation of the
Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes in accordance with their terms; 
  
 (b) affect the relative rights of Holders and creditors of the Company other then their rights in relation to holders of Senior Debt; or 
  
 (c) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies
upon a Default or an Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders. 
  

	Section	12.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company 

  
 No right of any holder of Senior Debt to enforce the subordination of the Debt evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by
any act or failure to act by the Company or by its failure to comply with this Indenture. 
  

 79 

	Section	12.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent 

  
 Notwithstanding Section 12.03, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the
existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible Officer receives notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this
Article 12. The Company, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt may give the notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Debt has a Representative, only the Representative may give the
notice. 
  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity
may hold Senior Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 12 with respect to any
Senior Debt that may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Debt; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 12 shall apply to claims of,
or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07. 
  

	Section	12.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative 

  
 Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their
Representative (if any). 
  

	Section	12.11. Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate 

  
 Nothing in this Article 12 shall prevent an Event of Default in accordance
with Article 6 or have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes or to exercise the rights and remedies in Article 6. 
  

	Section	12.12. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated 

  
 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from cash or the proceeds of non-callable U.S. Government Securities held in trust
under Article 8 by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Debt or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 12, and none of the Holders shall be
obligated to pay over any such amount to the Company or any holder of Senior Debt or any other creditor of the Company. 
  

	Section	12.13. Trustee Entitled to Rely 

  
 Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a
court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 12.02 are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the
Holders or (c) upon a certificate of the Representative of the holders of Senior Debt or, if there is no Representative, the holders of Senior Debt for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution,
the holders of Senior Debt and other Debt of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 12. In the event that the Trustee determines,
in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under
this Article 12, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Section 7.01 and 7.02 shall be
applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 12. 
  

 80 

	Section	12.14. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination 

  
 Each Holder by accepting a Note authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or
effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Debt as provided in this Article 12 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. 
  

	Section	12.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt 

  
 The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt and shall not be liable to any such
holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Company or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 12 or otherwise, except if such mistake was the
result of the Trustee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. 
  

	Section	12.16. Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt on Subordination Provisions 

  
 Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to
be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt and such
holder of such Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt. 
  
 ARTICLE 13. 
  
 MISCELLANEOUS 

	Section	13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

  
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA,
the provision required by the TIA shall control. 
  

	Section	13.02. Notices. 

  
 Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail
(registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to the other’s address: 
  
 If to the Company: 
  
 2925 Briarpark, Suite 500 
 Houston, Texas
77042 
 Attention: Legal Department 
 Telecopier No.: (713) 499-6205 
  
 With a copy to:

  
 Baker Botts L.L.P. 
 910 Louisiana, Suite 3000 
 Houston, Texas
77002 
 Attention: Ted Paris, Esq. 
 Telecopier No.: (713) 229-7738 
  

 81 

 If to the Trustee: 
  
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 505 Main Street, Suite 301 
 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 
 Attention: Melissa Scott 
 Telecopier No.:
(817) 885-8650 
  
 The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the
other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 All notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after
being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile transmission; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery.

  
 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by
first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery to its address shown on the Security Register. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person
described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
  
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within
the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except, in the case of the Trustee, it is duly given only when received. 
  
 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
  

	Section	13.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

  
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or
the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA §312(c). 
  

	Section	13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

  
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the
Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
  
 (a) an Officers’
Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been
complied with; and 
  
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall
include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with. 
  

	Section	13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

  
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided
pursuant to TIA §314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA §314(e) and shall include: 
  
 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
  
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  

 82 

 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation
as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
  
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 
  
 With respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’
Certificate, certificates of public officials or reports or opinions of experts. 
  

	Section	13.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

  
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable
requirements for its functions. 
  

	Section	13.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 

  
 No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or of the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or
their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver and release may not be effective to waive or release
liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
  

	Section	13.08. Governing Law. 

  
 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES
OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  

	Section	13.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

  
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any
such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
  

	Section	13.10. Successors. 

  
 All covenants and agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this
Indenture shall bind its successors. 
  

	Section	13.11. Severability. 

  
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  

	Section	13.12. Counterpart Originals. 

  
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

  

 83 

	Section	13.13. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

  
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings in this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered
a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  

	Section	13.14. Qualification of this Indenture. 

  
 The Company shall qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of any Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all
reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Company, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the
Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA. 
  
 [Signatures on
following page] 
  

 84 

 SIGNATURES 
  
 Dated as of March 31, 2004 
  

					
	 ISSUER:
  
 U.S. CONCRETE, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	/s/    Michael W. Harlan        
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	Michael W. Harlan
	 	 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
	
	 SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:
  
 AFTM CORPORATION

		
	 By:
	 	/s/    Cesar Monroy        
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	Cesar Monroy
	 	 	Title:	 	VP, Secretary & Treasurer
	
	 AMERICAN CONCRETE PRODUCTS, INC.
 ATLAS-TUCK CONCRETE, INC.
 BEALL INDUSTRIES, INC.
 BEALL MANAGEMENT, INC.
 CENTRAL CONCRETE SUPPLY CO., INC.
 CENTRAL PRECAST CONCRETE, INC.
 EASTERN CONCRETE MATERIALS, INC.
 READY MIX CONCRETE COMPANY OF KNOXVILLE
 SAN DIEGO PRECAST CONCRETE, INC.
 SIERRA PRECAST, INC.
 SMITH PRE-CAST, INC.
 SUPERIOR MATERIALS, INC.
 TITAN CONCRETE INDUSTRIES, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	/s/    Cesar Monroy        
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	Cesar Monroy
	 	 	Title:	 	Vice President & Treasurer
	
	 BUILDERS’ REDI-MIX, LLC
 B.W.B., INC. OF MICHIGAN
 CENTRAL CONCRETE CORP.
 SUPERIOR CONCRETE MATERIALS, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	/s/    Donald C. Wayne        
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	Donald C. Wayne
	 	 	Title:	 	Vice President, Secretary & Treasurer

  

					
	BEALL CONCRETE ENTERPRISES, LTD.
		
	By:	 	BEALL MANAGEMENT, INC., its General Partner
		
	By:	 	/s/    Cesar Monroy        
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	Cesar Monroy
	 	 	Title:	 	Vice President & Treasurer
	
	 CONCRETE XXIX ACQUISITION, INC.
 CONCRETE XXX
ACQUISITION, INC.

		
	By:	 	/s/    Cesar Monroy        
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	Cesar Monroy
	 	 	Title:	 	Vice President
	
	 USC ATLANTIC, INC.
 USC MICHIGAN,
INC.

		
	By:	 	/s/    Michael W. Harlan        
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	Michael W. Harlan
	 	 	Title:	 	Vice President, Secretary & Treasurer
	
	USC GP, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/    Cesar Monroy        
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	Cesar Monroy
	 	 	Title:	 	President & Treasurer
	
	USC MANAGEMENT CO., L.P.
		
	By:	 	USC GP, INC., its General Partner
		
	By:	 	/s/    Cesar Monroy        
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	Cesar Monroy
	 	 	Title:	 	President & Treasurer
	
	WYOMING CONCRETE INDUSTRIES, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/    Eugene P. Martineau        
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	Eugene P. Martineau
	 	 	Title:	 	Vice President, Secretary & Treasurer

  

					
	 TRUSTEE:
  
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

		
	By:	 	/s/    Melissa Scott
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	Melissa Scott
	 	 	Title:	 	Vice President

 EXHIBIT A 

  
 (Face of Note) 
  
 8 3/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014 
  
 CUSIP                          

			
	 No.        
	 	$                        

  
 U.S. CONCRETE, INC.

  
 promises to pay to CEDE & CO., INC. or registered assigns, the
principal sum of
                                        
Dollars ($                        ) on April 1, 2014. 
  
 Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1. 
  
 Record Dates: March 15 and September 15. 
  
 Dated:
                        , 20[      ]. 
  

 A-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly
authorized officer. 
  

					
	
	U.S. CONCRETE, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:	 	 
	 	 	Title:	 	 

  
 This is one of the [Global] 
 Notes referred to in the 
 within-mentioned Indenture: 

					
	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Authorized Signatory

  
 Dated
                        , 20      
  

 A-2 

 (Back of Note) 
  
 8 3/8% SENIOR
SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014 
  
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if
applicable pursuant to the terms of the Indenture] 
  
 [Insert the Private
Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the terms of the Indenture] 
  
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
  
 1. Interest. U.S. Concrete, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to
pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8 3/8% per annum until maturity and shall pay Special
Interest, if any, as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement. The Company shall pay interest semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an
“Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided, however, that if there is no
existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date;
provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be October 1, 2004. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any,
from time to time at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the interest rate then in effect under the Indenture and this Note; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
installments of interest and Special Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

  
 2. Method of Payment. The Company shall
pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the March 15 or September 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if
such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and
interest and Special Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Security
Register; provided, however, that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest and Special Interest, if any, and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other
Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of
public and private debts. 
  
 3. Paying Agent and
Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of
its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
  
 4.
Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 31, 2004 (“Indenture”) among the Company, the guarantors party thereto (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) and the
Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms,
and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
The Notes are obligations of the Company unlimited in aggregate principal amount. 
  
 5. Optional Redemption. 
  
 (a) Except as set forth in clause (b) of this paragraph 5, the Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to April 1, 2009. Starting on that date, the Company may redeem all or any portion

  

 A-3 

 of the Notes, at once or over time, after giving the required notice under the Indenture. The Notes may
be redeemed at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to but excluding the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on April 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2009
	  	104.188	%
	 2010
	  	102.792	%
	 2011
	  	101.396	%
	 2012 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b)
At any time and from time to time prior to April 1, 2007, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture (including Additional Notes) at a redemption price (expressed as a
percentage of principal amount) equal to 108.375% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record
date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) with proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided, however, that after giving effect to any such redemption, at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of
the Notes initially issued under the Indenture (including Additional Notes, but excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after giving effect to such redemption. Any such redemption shall be made
within 90 days after the consummation of such Equity Offering. 
  
 (c) Any prepayment pursuant to this paragraph shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture. 
  
 6. Mandatory Redemption. Except as set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.18 of the Indenture, the Company shall not
be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 7. Repurchase at Option of Holder. 
  
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of such Holder’s Notes (a
“Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the
purchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest to, but excluding, the purchase date). 
  
 (b) If the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates any Asset Sales, within five Business Days of the date on which the aggregate amount
of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all Holders of other Debt that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with
respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (a “Prepayment Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes)
and other pari passu Debt that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the
closing of such offer in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including Additional Notes) and other pari passu Debt tendered pursuant to a Prepayment Offer is less than
the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by Holders
thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive a Prepayment Offer from the Company prior to any
related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes. 
  

 A-4 

 8. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be mailed at least 30 days but not more
than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by
a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
  
 9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000. [This Note shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed hereon and the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented hereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to
reflect exchanges and redemptions.][1] The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and
transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except
for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date
and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
  
 10. Persons
Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
  
 11. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the
Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a
purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 of the Indenture, may waive any existing Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal,
premium, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on the Notes) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes (except for certain covenants and provisions of the Indenture which cannot be amended without the consent of each
Holder). Without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees: to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, to provide for the assumption by a
Surviving Person of the obligations of the Company or of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes and, if applicable, the Subsidiary Guarantee, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to add
additional Guarantees or additional obligors with respect to the Notes, or release, terminate or discharge Subsidiary Guarantors from Subsidiary Guarantees as permitted by the Indenture, to secure the Notes, to add to the covenants of the Company
for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company, to make any other change that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any Holders of Notes, to make any change to
the subordination provisions of the Indenture that would limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior Debt under such provisions, to comply with any requirement inconnection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA,
to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes and to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment by a successor trustee. 
  
 12. Defaults and Remedies. Each of the following is an Event of Default under the Indenture: failure to make the payment of any interest on
the Notes when the same becomes due and payable, and such failure continues for a period of 30 days; failure to make the payment of any principal of, or premium, if any, on, any of the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated
Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, optional redemption, required repurchase or otherwise; failure to comply with Section 5.01; failure to comply with any other covenant or agreement in the Notes or in the Indenture (other than a failure that
is the subject of the foregoing clauses), and such failure continues for 60 days after written notice is given to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding specifying
such default, demanding that it be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default”; a default under any Debt by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that results in acceleration of the maturity of such Debt, or failure
to pay any 

	1	Include only if a global note. 

  

 A-5 

 such Debt at maturity, in an aggregate amount greater than $10.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent at the time;
any final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent at the time) (net of any amounts, subject to customary deductibles, that a reputable and creditworthy
insurance company shall have not denied coverage under applicable policies) that shall be rendered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and that shall not be waived, satisfied, discharged or bonded for any period of 60 consecutive days
during which a stay of enforcement shall not be in effect; any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Subsidiary
Guarantee) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries. 
  
 If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in
the Indenture, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default
relating to the payment of principal or interest or Special Interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may
on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or Special Interest on, or the principal
of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement
specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
  
 13. Trustee
Dealings with Company. Subject to certain limitations, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights
it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  
 14. No Recourse
Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or of any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
  
 15. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
  
 16. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with
right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  
 17. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. In addition to the rights provided to Holders
of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes that are Initial Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2004, among the Company, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and the parties named on the signature pages thereto or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights
agreement, if any, among the Company and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of any Additional Notes. 
  
 18. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has
caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has 
  

 A-6 

 directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made
as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  
 The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without
charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 
  
 U.S.
Concrete, Inc. 
 2925 Briarpark, Suite 500 
 Houston, Texas 77042 
 Attention: 
 Telecopier No.: 
  
 19. Governing Law. The internal law of the State of New York shall govern and be used to construe this Note without giving effect to
applicable principals of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. 
  

 A-7 

 Option of Holder to Elect Purchase 
  
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 of the Indenture, check the box below:

  
  ̈ Section 4.12 
  
  ̈ Section 4.18 
  
 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.18 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
$                                 
  

									
	 	 	 	 	 
				
	 Date:
                                        
                                
	 	 	 	 Your Signature:
	 	  

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the Note)

				
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Tax Identification No.:

				
	 	 	 	 	 	 	

				
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:

				
	 	 	 	 	 	 	

				
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in
the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  

 A-8 

 Assignment Form 
  
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  
 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to 
  
 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Insert assignee’s social security or other tax I.D. no.) 
 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  
 and irrevocably appoint                                 
                                        
                                        
                                        
                            
 as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
  

									
	 	 	 	 	 
				
	 Date:
                                        
                
	 	 	 	 Your Signature:
	 	  

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

					
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Signature Guarantee:
	 	  

  
  

 A-9 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE 
  
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in
another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange

	 	 Amount of
 decrease in
 Principal Amount
 of this Global Note

	 	 Amount of increase
 in Principal Amount
 of this Global Note

	  	 Principal Amount
 of this Global Note
following such
 decrease (or
 increase)

	  	 Signature of
 authorized signatory
 of Trustee or Note
Custodian

  
  

 EXHIBIT B 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  
 U.S. Concrete, Inc. 
 2925 Briarpark, Suite 500 
 Houston, Texas 77042 
 Attention: 
 Telecopier No.: 
  
 WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 505 Main Street, Suite 301 
 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Department 
 Telecopier No.: 
  

	 	Re:	8 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

  
 Reference is hereby made to the
Indenture, dated as of March 31, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among U.S. Concrete, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
                             , (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to
transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                     in such Note[s]
or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                                        
                     (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor
hereby certifies that: 
  
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

  
 1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer
is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest
or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person
exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with
any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903
or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the
United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore
securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of
Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(a) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the
expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the

  

 B-1 

 terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on
Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note, the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the
Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to
and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
  
 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
  
 or 
  
 (b)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 
  
 or 

 
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act; 
  
 or 
  
 (d)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A,
Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to
beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture
and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this
certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be
subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture
and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United 

 

 B-2 

 States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required
in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions
on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 (c)  ̈ Check if Transfer
is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the
transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

			
	 
	

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
	 
		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
 Title:

	
	 Dated:
                                       
 

  

 B-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  

	 	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

  
 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP
                    ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
                    ), or 

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP
                    ); or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note. 

  

	 	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

  
 [CHECK ONE OF (a), (b) OR (c)] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP
                    ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
                    ), or 

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP
                    ); or 

  

	 	(iv)	 ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP
                    ); or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 

  

	 	(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 

  
 in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

 

 B-4 

 EXHIBIT C 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
  
 U.S. Concrete, Inc. 
 2925 Briarpark, Suite 500 
 Houston, Texas 77042 
 Attention: 
 Telecopier No.: 
  
 WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 505 Main Street, Suite 301 
 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Department 
 Telecopier No.: 
  
 Re:     8 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of
March 31, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among U.S. Concrete, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
                                 , (the “Owner”) owns and
proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                 in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
  
 1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or
Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i)
the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in accordance
with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a
Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in
compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  

 C-1 

 (d)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted
Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and
(iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial
Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the
Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without
transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed
on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CIRCLE ONE] 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note, IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the
Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Definitive Note
and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

 C-2 

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the
Company. 
  

			
	

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

  
  

			
		
	Dated:	 	 
	 	 	

  

 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
  
 U.S. Concrete, Inc. 
 2925 Briarpark, Suite 500 
 Houston, Texas 77042 
 Attention: 
 Telecopier No.: 
  
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 505 Main Street, Suite 301 
 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Department 
 Telecopier No.: 
  
 Re:     8 3/8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 31, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among U.S. Concrete, Inc., as issuer (the
“Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
 In connection with our proposed purchase of
$             aggregate principal amount of: 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈   a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

  

	 	(b)	 ̈  a Definitive Note, 

  
 we confirm that: 
  
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest
therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such
restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
  
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may
not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so
only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined
below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of
Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule
904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person
purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated
herein. 
  
 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the
Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the
foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
  
 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and
have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for 
  

 D-1 

 which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. We have had access to such
financial and other information and have been afforded the opportunity to ask such questions of representatives of the Company and receive answers thereto, as we deem necessary in connection with our decision to purchase the Notes. 
  
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us
for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion and are not acquiring the Notes with a view to any distribution thereof in
a transaction that would violate the Securities Act of the securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction. 
  
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party
in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. This letter shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
  

			
	
	 
	

	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
 Title:

  
 Dated:                                     

  

 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 
  

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE 
  
 For value received, each Subsidiary Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture), jointly and severally, unconditionally
guarantees, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture, dated as of March 31, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among U.S. Concrete, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Subsidiary
Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if
any, on the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest and Special Interest, if any, and the
due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other
obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors to the
Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Guarantee. This Guarantee is subject to
release as and to the extent set forth in Sections 8.02, 8.03 and 10.05 of the Indenture. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined are used herein as
so defined in the Indenture. 
  

			
	GUARANTORS:
	
	 AFTM CORPORATION

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:  Cesar Monroy
 Title:    VP, Secretary & Treasurer

  

			
	 AMERICAN CONCRETE PRODUCTS, INC. ATLAS-TUCK CONCRETE, INC.
 BEALL INDUSTRIES, INC.
 BEALL MANAGEMENT, INC.
 CENTRAL CONCRETE SUPPLY CO., INC. CENTRAL PRECAST CONCRETE, INC. EASTERN CONCRETE MATERIALS, INC. READY MIX CONCRETE COMPANY OF     KNOXVILLE
 SAN DIEGO PRECAST CONCRETE, INC. SIERRA PRECAST, INC.
 SMITH PRE-CAST,
INC.
 SUPERIOR MATERIALS, INC.
 TITAN CONCRETE INDUSTRIES,
INC.

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:  Cesar Monroy
 Title:    Vice President & Treasurer

			
	
	 BUILDERS’ REDI-MIX, LLC
 B.W.B., INC. OF
MICHIGAN
 CENTRAL CONCRETE CORP.
 SUPERIOR CONCRETE MATERIALS,
INC.

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:  Donald C. Wayne
 Title:    Vice President, Secretary & Treasurer

  

			
	BEALL CONCRETE ENTERPRISES, LTD.
		
	By:	 	 BEALL MANAGEMENT, INC., its General Partner

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:  Cesar Monroy
 Title:    Vice President & Treasurer

  

			
	 CONCRETE XXIX ACQUISITION, INC.
 CONCRETE XXX
ACQUISITION, INC.

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:  Cesar Monroy
 Title:    Vice President

  

			
	 USC ATLANTIC, INC.
 USC MICHIGAN,
INC.

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:  Michael W. Harlan
 Title:    Vice President, Secretary & Treasurer

  

			
	 USC GP, INC.

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:  Cesar Monroy
 Title:    President & Treasurer

  

			
	 USC MANAGEMENT CO., L.P.

	
	 By:   USC GP, INC., its General Partner

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:  Cesar Monroy
 Title:    President & Treasurer

  

 E-2 

			
	WYOMING CONCRETE INDUSTRIES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:  Eugene P. Martineau
 Title:    Vice President, Secretary & Treasurer

  

 E-3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00066-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00066-of-00352.parquet"}]]